English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...
English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...
English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
www.nspf.org<br />
Pool Surface Area<br />
Pool Water Volume<br />
Chemical Dosage<br />
Amounts<br />
Saturation Index<br />
Filter Surface Area<br />
Flow Rate<br />
Filter Flow Rate<br />
Capacity<br />
Turnover Rate<br />
Heater Sizing<br />
Spa Water Draining<br />
Frequency<br />
Make-Up Water Amount<br />
Maximum User Load<br />
Total Dynamic Head<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
www.nspf.org<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
719.540.9119 (Phone) 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
www.nspf.org<br />
TM<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
719.540.9119 (Phone) 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />
www.nspf.org<br />
NSPF®<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />
2014<br />
<strong>Metric</strong> Edition<br />
Use this workbook to<br />
learn how to calculate:<br />
CERTIFIED POOL - SPA<br />
INSPECTOR<br />
TRAINING<br />
HANDBOOK<br />
Pool Math <br />
Workbook<br />
Follow this<br />
professional<br />
training manual<br />
to properly<br />
operate aquatic<br />
play features.<br />
Reduce risks to<br />
people and<br />
damage to the<br />
facility.<br />
Aquatic Play<br />
Feature<br />
Handbook<br />
www.nspf.org<br />
www.nspf.orgw.nspf.o<br />
NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />
Volume 1:<br />
Aquatic<br />
Risk<br />
Management<br />
NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />
Volume 2:<br />
Emergency<br />
Response<br />
Planning<br />
NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />
Volume 3:<br />
Aquatic<br />
Facility<br />
Audits<br />
NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />
Volume 4:<br />
Recreational<br />
Water<br />
Illnesses<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />
Table of Contents<br />
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />
DISCLAIMER<br />
SECTION 1: THE NSPF INSTRUCTOR 1<br />
ELIGIBILITY 1<br />
INSTRUCTOR CONDUCT 1<br />
INSTRUCTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1<br />
CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE RESPONSIBILITIES 2<br />
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2<br />
INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION POLICY 2<br />
INSTRUCTOR RE-CERTIFICATION POLICY 3<br />
WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATION 3<br />
SECTION 2: THE LEARNING PROCESS 5<br />
LEARNING 5<br />
ADULT LEARNER CHARACTERISTICS 5<br />
THEORIES OF LEARNING 5<br />
LAW OF RETENTION 6<br />
COMMUNICATION 6<br />
MOTIVATION 6<br />
STAGES OF LEARNING 7<br />
PRESENTATIONS 8<br />
PRESENTATION METHODS 9<br />
PUBLIC SPEAKING 9<br />
TOASTMASTERS INTERNATIONAL 10<br />
THE ART OF QUESTIONING 10<br />
CLASS CONTROL 11<br />
CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT 11<br />
LEARNING PROCESS 11<br />
SECTION 3: INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS AND LESSON PLANS 13<br />
USING THE LESSON PLANS 13<br />
BASIC RULES FOR LESSON PLAN DEVELOPMENT 14<br />
USING INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS 15<br />
POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS 15<br />
VIDEO PRESENTATIONS 15<br />
OVERHEAD PRESENTATIONS 16<br />
BOARD TYPE PRESENTATIONS 16<br />
MICROPHONES 16<br />
SECTION 4: THE CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® CERTIFICATION COURSE 19<br />
CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 21<br />
FULL CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE OUTLINE 31<br />
iii<br />
IV<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page i
FULL CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE SCHEDULE 33<br />
POOL OPERATOR FUSION COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 35<br />
CPO ® COURSE LESSON PLANS 37<br />
SECTION 5: THE AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE (APF) COURSE 101<br />
AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 103<br />
AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 107<br />
AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE LESSON PLANS 109<br />
SECTION 6: THE NSPF AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES 123<br />
AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 125<br />
AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 133<br />
AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT LESSON PLANS 135<br />
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING COURSE OUTLINE AND<br />
SCHEDULE 135<br />
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING LESSON PLANS 137<br />
AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 141<br />
AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS LESSON PLANS 143<br />
RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 147<br />
RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES LESSON PLANS 149<br />
SECTION 7: THE CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR (CPI) COURSE 167<br />
CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE<br />
GUIDELINES 169<br />
CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR COURSE OUTLINE AND<br />
SCHEDULE 173<br />
CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR LESSON PLANS 175<br />
APPENDIX 191<br />
Page ii<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />
Acknowledgements<br />
SPECIAL THANKS<br />
Alex Antoniou, Ph.D. – NSPF ® Director or Educational Programs<br />
Bruce Carney – Carney & Associates<br />
Brian Kalisch – NSPF ® Technology Systems Coordinator<br />
Thomas M. Lachocki – Ph.D., NSPF ® CEO<br />
Fontaine Piper, Ph.D. – Chairman, NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> Educational Committee<br />
Margaret Smith – NSPF ®<br />
Silvia Uribe – NSPF ®<br />
NSPF ® INSTRUCTOR EDUCATION COMMITTEE<br />
Humberto Abaroa Lance – APPAC, México<br />
Paul Blake - American Pool Consultants<br />
Connie Sue Centrella – Team Horner<br />
Gary Fraser, Washington State Department of Health<br />
Abiezer Gonzalez – Kendar<br />
Wayne Ivusich – Taylor Technologies<br />
Gretchen Julian – Kent State University<br />
Dr. Fontaine Piper – Chairman, NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> Educational Committee<br />
Steve Lintz<br />
Michael Orr – FPSIE<br />
Phil Reynolds<br />
Roy Vore, Ph.D. – Vore & Associates<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page iii
DISCLAIMER<br />
The information furnished in this publication is intended to be advisory in nature and is not intended to provide legal<br />
advice. The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® (NSPF ® ) <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> has been written to provide information<br />
and guidelines on how to instruct CPO ® certification class participants. It is not intended to replace existing laws, regulations,<br />
or codes. This publication is not meant to establish standards, but does cite existing standards as published<br />
by recognized national and international standards organizations.<br />
The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> designation can only be granted upon successful completion of a NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> training<br />
program. The text material in this book does not constitute comprehensive training.<br />
NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong>s shall be familiar with, abide by, and communicate to students, pertinent local, state and federal<br />
laws, regulations, codes-of-practice, standards of design and operation, and guidelines. The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> shall<br />
consult industry publications for current information regarding facility design, equipment, legislative changes, liability<br />
concerns, and pool management practices. It is the responsibility of the NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> to be familiar with the common<br />
accepted practices and to have a copy of the appropriate information available.<br />
The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> should only be used in concurrence with the applicable, appropriate laws, regulations,<br />
and codes, and not as a replacement for those items. Professionals who use this manual should do so in tandem with<br />
their own knowledge and experience, and with assistance received from other professionals in the industry.<br />
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS AND EDITORS OF<br />
THIS PUBLICATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,<br />
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ACCURACY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br />
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS AND EDITORS DO NOT WARRANT, AND DIS-<br />
CLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS FREE<br />
FROM ERROR, APPLIES TO EVERY SITUATION, COMPLIES WITH LOCAL OR FEDERAL LAWS, OR IS FIT FOR<br />
ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br />
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS OR EDITORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES,<br />
INCLUDING DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES THAT RESULT<br />
FROM THE USE OF THIS MANUAL OR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN, EVEN IF NSPF ® , THE AU-<br />
THORS OR EDITORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS MANUAL AND<br />
THE INFORMATION THEREIN, INCLUDING THESE LEGAL NOTICES AND TERMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED AND<br />
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF THE STATE OF COLORADO OF THE<br />
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.<br />
© <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® 2014<br />
This document has been published by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . www.nspf.org<br />
All rights reserved. Except for the purposes of education and use within the intended environment, no portion of this<br />
document should be reproduced, copied or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including<br />
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . Inquiries should be made in writing, addressed to NSPF ® , 4775 Granby Circle,<br />
Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131. This work is copyrighted and if reproduced in any form, citation must be made as<br />
follows: NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>, <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />
TRADEMARKS<br />
Certified Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ), Certified Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI), Aquatic Play Feature (APF),<br />
Pool Math Workbook, Aquatic Risk Management (ARM), Emergency Response Planning (ERP), Aquatic Facility<br />
Audits (AFA), and Recreational Water Illnesses (RWI) are all registered trademarks of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />
Foundation ® (NSPF ® ).<br />
Page iv<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 1<br />
The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong><br />
ELIGIBILITY<br />
The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® (NSPF ® ) does not discriminate against age, sex,<br />
nationality, marital status, sexual orientation, disability or religious preference. Any person who<br />
holds a valid Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ) certifi cation for a minimum of six months<br />
and scored a minimum of 80% on the CPO ® certifi cation exam is eligible to attend a national<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Class. Successful completion of the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Class and signing of the<br />
appropriate agreements will result in authorization to teach all NSPF approved courses. In some<br />
cases authorization to teach courses other than the CPO ® certifi cation course is contingent upon<br />
completing the appropriate online version of the course.<br />
INSTRUCTOR CONDUCT<br />
As an authorized NSPF instructor, you represent the philosophies of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />
Foundation (NSPF). Even though you are not an employee of NSPF, you are expected to follow<br />
the standards and guidelines that have been established and are outlined in the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong><br />
Agreement and the NSPF Licensing Agreement. NSPF relies on you to ensure that all courses are<br />
taught using the current NSPF handbooks, booklets, and accompanying exams.<br />
INSTRUCTOR RESPONSIBILITIES<br />
To ensure that high standards and quality instruction are always provided, your responsibilities as<br />
an authorized NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> include, but are not limited to:<br />
Be familiar with all course materials.<br />
Plan and coordinate the course in conjunction with <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
guidelines.<br />
Inform participants of evaluation procedures and course completion requirements.<br />
Create an environment that is conducive to participant learning.<br />
Use only <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation approved materials.<br />
Cover applicable local and state codes and regulations pertaining to state where the<br />
class is held.<br />
Be prepared to cover local and state codes and regulations from other states if residents<br />
from other states enroll in your class. At minimum provide students with resources<br />
needed to obtain their local and state codes and regulations.<br />
Adapt your teaching approaches to the experience and ability of participants while still<br />
enabling them to meet course objectives.<br />
Identify participants who are having diffi culty mastering the course material and develop<br />
effective strategies to further their success in the program.<br />
Be prepared to answer participants’ questions or know where to fi nd the answers.<br />
Administer and score the fi nal written exam.<br />
Ensure that course completion requirements have been met.<br />
Submit completed course records with the appropriate fees to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming<br />
Pool Foundation within the time required.<br />
Abide by all policies and procedures set by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation as<br />
detailed in the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement.<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 1
CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE RESPONSIBILITIES<br />
The blended CPO ® certifi cation course consists of the online Pool Operator Primer and the oneday,<br />
classroom-based Pool Operator Fusion training (discussed in Section 4). The <strong>Instructor</strong><br />
responsibilities for Pool Operator Fusion classes are much the same as with the normal, twoday<br />
course, including course completion requirements. Section 4 has a recommended course<br />
schedule for the blended course. In addition to the above responsibilities, the blended course<br />
requires the instructor to:<br />
Verify completion within the past six (6) months of the Pool Operator Primer through<br />
the NSPF website by collecting each participant’s printed Record of Completion. The<br />
student will be able to print the Record of Completion from their computer.<br />
Verify the student identity by checking a government issued photo identifi cation prior to<br />
entry into the Pool Operator Fusion class, and sign the Record of Completion.<br />
Verify that the student has signed the Record of Completion attesting to the fact that<br />
the student independently completed the online portion of the training. This Record of<br />
Completion must be attached to the fi nal exam of the student prior to sending it in to<br />
the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Samples of the Record of Completion can be<br />
found in Appendix E.<br />
Accommodate all Pool Operator Primer students on the second day of any two-day<br />
CPO ® certifi cation class with seats available. While you are not required to reserve<br />
seats only for Pool Operator Primer students, they cannot be turned away from open<br />
classes with room available.<br />
Realize that due to the nature of the online Pool Operator Primer, participants may<br />
arrive at your class with questions and may require extra time to accommodate their<br />
inquiries.<br />
Cover applicable local and state codes and regulations pertaining to state where the<br />
class is held.<br />
Be prepared to cover local and state codes and regulations from other states if residents<br />
from other states enroll in your class. At minimum provide students with resources<br />
needed to obtain their local and state codes and regulations.<br />
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT<br />
Continuing education and professional development are lifelong processes and are the<br />
responsibility and challenge of every NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. Membership in professional organizations<br />
is recommended. Attendance at trade shows, seminars, workshops, and meetings is another way<br />
to keep apprised of the latest technical knowledge and training. Current research, new products,<br />
and application theories are available in technical and educational publications. As the industry is<br />
continually changing, it is important to have the latest information in order to provide the highest<br />
quality of professional service to your participants.<br />
INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION POLICY<br />
The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation is valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of course<br />
completion. While your authorization is current, you must teach or co-teach at least one (1) course<br />
and submit the proper course record and fees to the national offi ce. “Co-teaching” involves 100%<br />
participation in a course while sharing presentations with another instructor. Both instructors are<br />
required to sign the Course Certifi cation Record.<br />
During the initial year of each authorization period, you may teach without a co-instructor. If you<br />
Page 2<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
do not teach during the initial year, you may request a one-year probationary extension of your<br />
authorization. During that year, you will be required to successfully co-teach a course with a NSPF<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> approved by the national offi ce. You must submit the proper paperwork and fees to<br />
receive credit for teaching and to be removed from probation.<br />
Failure to teach within the two-year authorization period will result in withdrawal of your NSPF<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation. Before you will be allowed to teach again, you will have to register for and<br />
pay the fee to attend an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> class.<br />
For liability reasons, the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation is not an authorization to operate a pool<br />
facility. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation only authorizes you to teach the CPO ® certifi cation<br />
course as well as any new courses developed by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. To<br />
operate a pool, you should maintain a current CPO ® certifi cation. Your CPO ® certifi cation will<br />
automatically be renewed annually as long as you meet the requirements for recertifi cation as an<br />
instructor.<br />
INSTRUCTOR RE-AUTHORIZATION POLICY<br />
The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation requires all NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s to be reauthorized each<br />
year. An instructor is eligible for re-authorization only if they have taught or co-taught at least one<br />
(1) CPO ® certifi cation course (traditional 2-day or Fusion) during the prior year, submitted the<br />
proper CPO ® certifi cation course record and fees, and paid the annual instructor re-authorization<br />
fee.<br />
WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATION<br />
A NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> may be reviewed for “withdrawal of certifi cation” as a result of a written<br />
complaint that addresses inappropriate conduct, breach of instructor agreement, or breach of<br />
the licensing agreement. A review will be conducted by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
following an investigation of a complaint. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation may be suspended<br />
temporarily during the investigation. Permanent suspension, provisional instructor status,<br />
or recertifi cation may result after the investigation. Suspension decisions will be guided by<br />
compliance to signed agreements between the <strong>Instructor</strong> and NSPF.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 3
Page 4<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 2<br />
The Learning Process<br />
LEARNING<br />
Learning is:<br />
Communication<br />
The accumulation of knowledge and skills<br />
A change in attitude and behavior as a result of study or experience<br />
A lifelong process<br />
In its simplest form, learning is a two-stage process. The fi rst stage is inputting information to<br />
memory, and the second stage is extracting that knowledge for practical use. For example, we<br />
input a vast amount of information on a daily basis, but are only able to retain a small portion of it.<br />
Only the portion that we retain is considered learned. For the rest to be considered learned, the<br />
“input” stage will have to be repeated until we are able to retain it for practical use.<br />
Before learning can take place an individual must fi rst realize that how they are currently doing<br />
a task is not necessarily correct or the best way. The fi rst step, therefore, is to make the learner<br />
aware that there is a better, newer, and easier way of doing the old task.<br />
ADULT LEARNER CHARACTERISTICS<br />
You may have some presentation challenges with the participants in your class. However, if you<br />
understand some of the characteristics of the adult learner, you can be prepared to deal with them<br />
appropriately. The adult learner is:<br />
Self-motivated/Self-directed – Adult learners can be forced by management to attend<br />
your class, but they cannot be forced to learn if they choose not to.<br />
Life Experiences – Adults bring a plethora of past experiences with them, which, if<br />
appropriate, can be acknowledged and used. However, sometimes their experiences<br />
are not correct, and subsequently can present an obstacle to learning new concepts and<br />
skills.<br />
Now Oriented – Adults often seek out learning experiences that meet their immediate<br />
needs.<br />
Problem Centered – Often learning is a means to an end, not the end itself. Adults<br />
participate in learning activities to solve existing problems/issues.<br />
Feedback/Reinforcement – Adults need to see results and want feedback, so they<br />
know they are on the right track.<br />
Multi-sensory Learning – How people learn varies. Therefore, learning can be<br />
enhanced through the use of a variety of teaching methods.<br />
Self Concept/Self Esteem – Adults will come with sense of self that can be either<br />
positive or negative. Know that their self-esteem is on the line, especially when learning<br />
new skills and concepts, like the math calculations we use as pool operators.<br />
THEORIES OF LEARNING<br />
These theories refer to how the inputted knowledge is best retained for practical application. The<br />
more of these theories that are incorporated into the learning process, the more likely information<br />
will be retained.<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 5
Learning requires motivation (willingness to learn)<br />
Learning requires repetition (repeating an idea using multiple approaches)<br />
Learning occurs through association (information tied to past experience)<br />
Learning occurs through the senses (seeing, hearing, touch, taste, smell)<br />
LAW OF RETENTION<br />
Information, once inputted, will be retained proportionally to the following:<br />
Intensity in which it is impressed<br />
Immediacy in which it is applied<br />
Frequency in which it is used<br />
Value of the information to the individual<br />
COMMUNICATION<br />
Communication requires three (3) parts:<br />
Sender<br />
Message<br />
Receiver<br />
When one of these parts is not clearly defi ned, miscommunication can occur. For instance, a<br />
presenter who talks on an “advanced” level will not effectively communicate with “beginner”<br />
participants. In this case, the message may be clear, but the receiver cannot comprehend the<br />
message. You must understand your participants’ abilities and needs to effectively communicate.<br />
If you present in a manner they cannot understand, participants will lose interest and your course<br />
will be ineffective. Keep your presentation simple, to the point, and focused to your audience.<br />
Remember, the most effective instructor is not one who knows the most but one who<br />
communicates the best. Your participants will tell you if your communication is effective through<br />
certain feedback indicators, including:<br />
Eye contact<br />
Body language (posture)<br />
Participation<br />
Pay close attention to these indicators. Remember, communication is a two-way process. If<br />
participants are sending you a message that your presentation is not clear, make adjustments.<br />
MOTIVATION<br />
Motivation is the most important psychological tool available to the instructor. Learning will<br />
occur only when a participant wants to learn. While it is nice if a student is self-motivated, this<br />
often is not the case. Many participants may not want to be in your class and may present<br />
quite a challenge in the learning process. Therefore, motivation is one of the most important<br />
responsibilities an instructor has in the learning process. In other words, if participants are not<br />
learning or appear bored, your methods of motivating participants to learn should be the fi rst thing<br />
you consider, not that the participants are bad students.<br />
Most often, self-motivation occurs when linked to such areas as:<br />
Job skills and marketability<br />
Leisure time activities<br />
Page 6<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Life challenges or changes<br />
General interest<br />
Self improvement<br />
MONEY!!!<br />
You, the instructor, can greatly infl uence motivation by:<br />
Looking professional<br />
Displaying enthusiasm<br />
Showing personal interest in each participant<br />
Being supportive of others<br />
Offering well-prepared lessons<br />
Keeping things simple and basic, not convoluting and overwhelming<br />
Varying your presentation style by using multiple learning techniques<br />
Providing hands-on learning<br />
Controlling the environment<br />
STAGES OF LEARNING<br />
ORIENTATION STAGE<br />
This stage is totally dependent upon the instructor. In this stage, facts, defi nitions, depth of<br />
content, applications, goals and more are presented to the participant. The manner in which this<br />
material is presented will affect how well each participant comprehends this knowledge.<br />
The orientation stage relies on effective communication between instructor and participants. The<br />
better the communication, the more effective will be the transfer of information.<br />
KNOWLEDGE STAGE<br />
In this stage, participants will assimilate the new information with past experience. This process<br />
involves reasoning and thinking. The knowledge stage relies on a participant’s motivation to learn.<br />
The more motivated the participant, the more information will be stored. However, since this<br />
storage is temporary and limited, do not overwhelm your participants with too much information.<br />
In the knowledge stage, successful assimilation of information occurs:<br />
87% by sight<br />
7% by hearing<br />
3% by smell<br />
2% by touch<br />
1% by taste<br />
It is important to understand this concept because students learn in different ways. Some are<br />
auditory (hearing) learners. Some are visual (sight) learners. Some are tactile (hands-on) learners.<br />
The more multi-sensory your approaches to teaching, the better your chances are of having<br />
effective learning. Regardless of how many senses you utilize, sight is the most effective of all<br />
sensory inputs and should be the primary focus of your presentation style. In addition, using the<br />
theories of learning in your teaching approach will increase your effectiveness in this stage.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 7
APPLICATION STAGE<br />
In this stage, the raw data that has been stored from the knowledge stage is transformed into<br />
practical application. Unfortunately, much stored data is lost long before it can be used. When<br />
knowledge is used, it is truly “learned.” “Hands-on” provides the strongest reinforcement for<br />
learning.<br />
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS<br />
With each of these stages, it is important to remember three factors:<br />
1. Primacy-Recency Effect<br />
2. 7 ± 2 theory<br />
3. Law of Effect<br />
Primacy-Recency relates to when to present important information during a presentation. A<br />
learner tends to apply more importance and therefore more attention to the fi rst items in a list and<br />
is therefore more easily retained. The last items are also more easily retained as they will still be<br />
in short term memory<br />
The 7 ± 2 Theory infers that we tend to group important information in clusters not to exceed<br />
groups of 7 ± 2. If the intent of presented information is to have students truly learn the concepts<br />
or events, the amount of important material, presented at one time, is critical to future repetition<br />
over the long-term.<br />
The Law of Effect implies that we tend to repeat those things that are pleasing and tend to not<br />
repeat those things that are displeasing. Positive reinforcement or feedback serves to strengthen<br />
the likelihood that a learner will deem a task pleasing and therefore will be more likely to repeat<br />
the task in the desired manner. An instructor must do everything possible to encourage and<br />
support this behavior.<br />
The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> must be aware of these potential hindrances when designing the<br />
organization and content of their lessons.<br />
PRESENTATIONS<br />
There are three types of presentations:<br />
The one you want to give<br />
The one you do give<br />
The one you wished you had given<br />
How incredible would it be if all three presentations were the same?<br />
Most people understand the need to prepare a lesson. But most people do not understand the<br />
need to prepare their presentations. This is where most instructors fall short as effective teachers.<br />
Preparing your presentation is as important as preparing your lessons. These include, but are<br />
defi nitely not limited to:<br />
When you will ask a question<br />
When you will tell about a relevant experience<br />
Where you will be standing or moving during the presentation<br />
When you will pause for effect<br />
How your voice will change to emphasize a point<br />
Page 8<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Imagine a Broadway play where the actors just read their lines. I think you will agree that this<br />
would be extremely boring. Now imagine the actors delivering their lines as they do in real shows.<br />
There is a big difference between the two. You, as an instructor, are an actor of sorts. You can<br />
read your lines to your participants in a dry, boring fashion or you can be interesting, fascinating,<br />
and dynamic. In which class would you rather be a participant?<br />
PRESENTATION METHODS<br />
Presenting is communicating. Presentation methods vary from one instructor to another. The best<br />
instructors use multiple methods within their presentations. Whatever method you choose, keep<br />
your approach simple, to the point, and focused on the participants’ needs and abilities. Typical<br />
presentation methods include:<br />
Lecture:<br />
Demonstration:<br />
Group discussion:<br />
Brainstorming:<br />
Simulation:<br />
Presents facts in a short period of time<br />
Focuses participants’ attention on specifi c information<br />
Can be used with a large group<br />
Allows for good role-modeling<br />
Allows participants to learn from seeing a skill performed<br />
Reinforce the lesson<br />
Two-way communication<br />
Useful in problem solving and clarifying issues<br />
Stimulates thinking and more sound conclusions<br />
Engages participants by interactive exercises<br />
Focuses on solutions to problems<br />
Encourages creative thinking<br />
Engages all participants<br />
Allows participants to deal with practical problems<br />
Teaches decision-making<br />
Reinforces concepts learned<br />
PUBLIC SPEAKING<br />
Public speaking is both challenging and rewarding. However, it is a learned skill that takes<br />
practice to perfect. Controlling nervousness is probably the biggest challenge. Most instructors<br />
know enough about the topics they are presenting but fi nd it diffi cult to be relaxed communicators.<br />
Remember, it is not a fault to be human and make mistakes. In many cases, a mistake will “break<br />
the ice” and make the rest of the presentation go much easier. Of course, we all would rather not<br />
make mistakes. Some means of controlling nervousness include:<br />
Being prepared<br />
Keeping a positive attitude<br />
Maintaining eye contact<br />
Smiling<br />
Keeping the presentation pace slow<br />
Projecting your voice<br />
Conducting “introductions”<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 9
Take deep breaths<br />
Use pauses<br />
Soliciting participant involvement<br />
KISS (Keep It Simple & Specifi c)<br />
TOASTMASTERS INTERNATIONAL<br />
Toastmasters International is a public speaking organization that helps individuals overcome<br />
their fear of speaking and to also help them improve their speaking and presentation skills. NSPF<br />
encourages their instructors to join a club near them and in return, when you achieve your fi rst<br />
level as a Competent Communicator (giving 10 speeches at your club) you will be given $100<br />
credit towards you next order of materials.<br />
THE ART OF QUESTIONING<br />
Asking questions of your class is an excellent way to make your presentation more interactive. It<br />
enables you to fi nd out the extent of knowledge your participants have regarding a topic and is an<br />
excellent way to make the class more interesting. It is also a way to challenge the class to think<br />
more and fi nd their own answers. An instructor who is especially profi cient at asking questions<br />
can manipulate discussions in a manner where it appears as if the participants are teaching<br />
themselves. Then all that is left for that instructor to do is to fi ll in the gaps with the information that<br />
was not discussed. However, it is important to understand that asking questions is defi nitely a skill<br />
that can be improved with practice.<br />
There are many types of questions you can use. Questions can range from open-ended and<br />
general, to very specifi c and direct. However, the most important thing to remember about the<br />
use of questioning is not to put a participant in an embarrassing position. You want to facilitate an<br />
open discussion, not cause participants to withdraw mentally from the class.<br />
Safe questions are usually questions that have no right or wrong answer or solicit an opinion. For<br />
example:<br />
What type of fi lter does your pool have?<br />
What do you think about cartridge fi lters?<br />
Has anyone ever tried this product?<br />
You can also ask questions that solicit specifi c responses as long as you pose them to the class,<br />
not to an individual. NEVER direct a specifi c question to one individual. Remember, unless your<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation educational class is part of a formal educational curriculum,<br />
most people taking your course have not been in a formal classroom setting for some time. Even<br />
if the participant knows the answer, he/she may not want to participate in discussions because of<br />
personal reasons or shyness. Trying to force a participant into a discussion could turn him/her off<br />
to you and everything you say after that point. In other words, that person will feel that they have<br />
wasted their time and money being a part of your class.<br />
In some instances, you may not get a response from anyone in the class or may not get the<br />
response you seek. If that happens, you may have to re-state the question differently or redefi ne<br />
the question all together. Always stay one step ahead of the discussion. Remember, the more you<br />
practice this art, the better you will get.<br />
Page 10<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
CLASS CONTROL<br />
The role of the instructor is to communicate specifi c information to participants using the methods<br />
and theories previously discussed. You need to focus on course content, keeping the learning<br />
process from being interrupted. However, there are times when distractions or interruptions may<br />
slow the process and the instructor will need to maintain or regain control of the class. Participants<br />
will take a <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation educational course for many reasons. Not all<br />
of your participants want to improve themselves as pool operators, but are there to fulfi ll job<br />
requirements instead. The following examples of participants may create challenges for you in<br />
maintaining class control.<br />
The Attention Seeker is an overly-enthusiastic person who will dominate or refocus class<br />
discussions if not directed in a positive manner. By acknowledging this individual and then actively<br />
involving other participants in discussions, you can control the focus of the topic.<br />
The Know-It-All is a self-styled expert, who may or may not contribute valuable information based<br />
on their experience. If the know-it-all can contribute in a positive manner, use this experience to<br />
reinforce the information you are giving. Your biggest concern may be in controlling the discussion<br />
and maintaining time restrictions. If the know-it-all cannot contribute, you should acknowledge any<br />
comments they make but continue with your lecture, or suggest further discussion during a break.<br />
The Complainer is an individual with a negative attitude, who may rebel due to lack of knowledge<br />
and fear of being discovered. As soon as possible, you should speak to this individual separately,<br />
offering encouragement and support if needed. If you do not take the initiative, the complainer can<br />
disrupt your class and create a negative feeling among other participants. If all other efforts fail,<br />
negotiate a truce or ask the individual to leave.<br />
CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT<br />
Classroom environment is very important in setting the stage for learning to occur. If the<br />
classroom is not conducive to learning, the learning process will be more diffi cult, and even the<br />
best instructors may fail. The classroom setting should provide a comfortable and appropriate<br />
learning environment. The room should:<br />
Be comfortable in temperature<br />
Be well-lighted<br />
Be well-ventilated<br />
Provide enough space for large fl at tables and chairs<br />
Be convenient to restrooms and exits<br />
Wherever possible, provide refreshments for participants<br />
LEARNING PROCESS<br />
Many parts to the learning process have been previously described. However when you use the<br />
process, always recognize the needs of the participants. Your knowledge and experience are<br />
always welcomed, as long as you present the information at a level and pace your participants<br />
can handle.<br />
Know your limitations. You are human. No one expects you to know everything. If you do not<br />
know an answer to a question, do not try to bluff your way through. You will gain more respect<br />
from your participants by admitting your limitations. However, it is your obligation to fi nd the<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 11
answers. Do some post-course research and respond to unanswered questions as soon as<br />
possible.<br />
Teaching is a learned skill. Your knowledge and presentation style will continue to improve<br />
with each course you teach. This is true only if you recognize your shortcomings and engage in<br />
continuing education that will assist in improving knowledge and reducing presentation weakness.<br />
A viable way to enhance your presentation ability is to become a member of a group such as<br />
Toastmasters ® International, an organization where you are provided with opportunities to become<br />
more competent communicator.<br />
Page 12<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 3<br />
Instructional Aids and Lesson Plans<br />
USING THE LESSON PLANS<br />
Lesson planning is similar to using a road map to plan a trip. Not only do you need to know how<br />
to get from point A to point B, you also need to know how long it will take to get there. Otherwise,<br />
you will just wander and ramble and may never reach your destination.<br />
Lesson planning is a very involved and time consuming process. NSPF has already developed<br />
lesson plans for many of the courses you are authorized to teach. In most cases this has saved<br />
you at least fi ve (5) hours of preparation for every one (1) hour of presentation. A good lesson<br />
plan will answer three major questions:<br />
1. Where are your students going?<br />
2. How are they going to get there?<br />
3. How will you know when they’ve arrived?<br />
The design of a lesson plan will vary. All lesson plans outline the steps and procedures to be<br />
followed that will give a student the best chance of meeting the lesson objectives. These will<br />
generally include:<br />
1. Topic objectives (Why is this important?)<br />
2. Total presentation time (How long will it take?)<br />
3. Equipment and materials (What do I need?)<br />
4. Presentation outlines (What I will present?)<br />
The specifi c design of lesson plans provided to you in this manual is as follows:<br />
1. Presentation time<br />
2. Ancillary materials available<br />
3. Lesson objectives<br />
4. Leading questions<br />
5. Key points<br />
6. Activities<br />
7. Final questions<br />
The Presentation Time is a guideline to help you cover the material in each lesson. You have the<br />
fl exibility to modify times to cover additional material that you may wish to add based on the needs<br />
of the class. However, the basic information in the outlines needs to be covered to ensure that<br />
a student has the greatest chance to successfully pass the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />
educational exam.<br />
The Ancillary Materials are contained in the appendices in the back of this manual. They<br />
include information that should be used as supplemental handouts for each participant. There<br />
is also information that may be useful in setting and conducting courses from the administrative<br />
standpoint. Also available is a CD with PowerPoint presentations for each chapter of the textbook.<br />
These will supplement your presentation by visually reinforcing the key points of each lesson<br />
outline. You can also use the PowerPoint slides to develop handouts for your class.<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 13
Lesson Objectives are the basic goals that should be achieved with each lesson. Depending on<br />
your time availability, more objectives may be added to each presentation.<br />
Leading Questions are questions that can be used to stimulate discussion and fi nd out the<br />
background and prior knowledge of the participants. For the most part, these questions are openended<br />
and have no right or wrong response. In this way, participants can answer without fear<br />
of being embarrassed. More specifi c questions can always be added. However, keep in mind<br />
that the objective is to stimulate discussion and fi nd out background information, not to put a<br />
participant on the spot and risk embarrassment.<br />
Key Points are the need-to-know information from each lesson. They are supplemented with the<br />
information from the PowerPoint presentation. Additional points may always be added, as long as<br />
they are relevant to the topic and do not create a time management issue.<br />
Activities are exercises that, with suffi cient time and equipment availability, can help to<br />
emphasize a concept or give practical experience to a lesson. Remember, many of your<br />
participants may be tactile learners. The hands-on approach will help them learn better as well.<br />
Final Questions provide an opportunity to bring the lesson to a close. It gives you an opportunity<br />
to check the level of understanding that your class has pertaining to the lesson you just covered.<br />
This will be important if the next lesson builds on the last one. This also provides a good bridge to<br />
the next lesson.<br />
The Lesson Outlines highlight the most important (need-to-know) information from each chapter.<br />
They also represent the information needed to achieve the objectives of the certifi cation course.<br />
It is suggested that you use a variety of teaching methods such as lecture, demonstration,<br />
and group discussion to cover these points. Additional material may be supplemented to your<br />
presentation. However, remember that the certifi cation exam only covers information found in the<br />
NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook.<br />
BASIC RULES FOR LESSON PLAN DEVELOPMENT<br />
Should you desire to develop your own lesson plans, there are a few basic reminders and rules.<br />
1. The most important rule is that a lesson plan should be detailed and complete enough<br />
to assist you should you forget a concept.<br />
2. Inclusion of information in the lesson plan should be in the following order with time<br />
being the limiting factor:<br />
a. information that participants must know to meet the minimum requirements for<br />
Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® certifi cation<br />
b. information that participants should know to better operate their facilities<br />
c. information that is nice to know for enhanced knowledge<br />
3. The lesson must provide for practice when application of knowledge is the primary<br />
concern.<br />
4. Select the presentation method (lecture, demonstration, discussion, etc.) that will best<br />
allow you to accomplish the lesson objectives.<br />
5. Practice your presentation to insure that the lesson content can be delivered in the<br />
allotted time.<br />
Page 14<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
USING INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS<br />
The use of instructional aids is a requirement for effective communication. They supplement and,<br />
in many cases, enhance presentations. It is important for you to learn how to use a variety of<br />
instructional aids to create an effective course. This section will describe common instructional<br />
aids and their usage.<br />
There are some common factors that apply to all presentation methods. They include:<br />
1. Set up audio visual equipment well before class begins.<br />
2. Tape down all electrical lines to eliminate trip hazards<br />
3. Have spare projector bulbs immediately available<br />
4. Check visibility from farthest point in room<br />
5. Check order of presentation<br />
6. Check that all pictures and slides are aligned properly<br />
7. Check type size for legibility<br />
8. Have safety light available if room is totally darkened<br />
9. Don’t crowd slides with too much information<br />
10. Always face the class when presenting<br />
POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS<br />
PowerPoint (a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation) has fast become the expected<br />
standard for visual presentations. Using a computer with a projector device, PowerPoint<br />
presentations offer visual images that you might not be able to see in the classroom setting. Large<br />
equipment, fi lters, pumps, pool shells, and recirculation systems are examples of situations where<br />
PowerPoint point would give an excellent visual effect. NSPF has made a great effort to include<br />
images of this equipment in the handbook and the PowerPoint slides. The NSPF PowerPoint<br />
program also offers fl exibility within the presentation. It includes color and special effects to better<br />
illustrate a point and images from the handbook to help the student receive a consistent message<br />
from the instructor and the handbook.<br />
Lower lighting may be required for PowerPoint presentations. This may create a challenge,<br />
especially when participants are using their calculators.<br />
When using PowerPoint presentations:<br />
Set up the computer and projector before class<br />
Make sure all electrical wires are securely taped and covered to prevent electrical shock<br />
or a trip hazard<br />
Check operation and sequencing of images before class<br />
Use a remote control extension when possible<br />
Know where all light switches are located<br />
Have low lighting always available<br />
Have spare projection bulbs available<br />
Have a fl ashlight available<br />
VIDEO PRESENTATIONS<br />
Videos will allow you to use professionally-made presentations during your course. Videos can<br />
be obtained for almost any segment of an NSPF certifi cation course. These videos range from<br />
presentations on various legal issues to demonstrations of equipment and procedures. Remember<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 15
to follow all <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® guidelines when showing product-oriented<br />
videos to avoid promoting any specifi c brand of products. NSPF offers a DVD that can be used to<br />
augment your presentation to possibly enhance student learning and understanding.<br />
When using video presentations:<br />
Follow <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® guidelines regarding not endorsing<br />
branded products<br />
Set up the computer with a projector and locate the fi les that contain video<br />
Set up the DVD player before class<br />
Check visibility from the back of the room<br />
Know where all light switches are located<br />
Have low lighting always available<br />
Make sure all electrical wires are securely taped and covered<br />
OVERHEAD PRESENTATIONS<br />
Overhead projectors are rapidly becoming obsolete with LCD projection technology. Overhead<br />
transparencies can be hand-drawn using multi-colored pens or from electronic images that are<br />
printed on a transparency sheet. Overhead utilization is good for impromptu situations when a<br />
PowerPoint slide is not readily available such as brainstorming session. When using overhead<br />
presentations:<br />
If you are preparing your transparencies, write legibly<br />
Use quality writing utensils specifi cally made for overheads and transparencies and<br />
have extras<br />
Do not overcrowd a transparency with too much information<br />
BOARD-TYPE PRESENTATIONS<br />
Board-type presentations include chalk boards, fl ip charts and poster boards. They are effective<br />
with small groups of participants. However, with larger groups, vision becomes a problem. Precourse<br />
preparation is essential if you are going to be successful with a board-type presentation.<br />
The biggest challenge is the constant movement to change displays. This can be very timeconsuming<br />
if not well planned. When using board-type presentations:<br />
Use quality writing utensils and have extras<br />
Write legibly using large lettering (approximately 2-3 inches high)<br />
Check visibility from the back of the room<br />
Pre-plan your work using cue cards if necessary<br />
KISS (Keep It Simple & Specifi c)<br />
KILL (Keep It Level and Legible)<br />
Do not overcrowd a display with too much information<br />
Face the group when talking, not the board<br />
MICROPHONES<br />
Speaking for long periods of time can leave your voice hoarse and sore. Microphones can provide<br />
you with an effective way to address large audiences with little effort on your voice. When using a<br />
microphone, remember to:<br />
Speak directly into the microphone.<br />
Hold the microphone 6-8 inches away from your mouth. Be consistent with the distance<br />
to ensure proper volume levels.<br />
Page 16<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Wireless microphones that can be clipped to your collar are also available.<br />
Speak at a conversational volume. Let the microphone do the amplifi cation.<br />
Speak slowly. Spoken words will sound garbled if you speak too quickly.<br />
Speak clearly. Words will sound slurred if not spoken clearly.<br />
Speak precisely. Articulation defects such as “er”, “um”, “uh”, etc. will be magnifi ed with<br />
a microphone.<br />
Be aware of your movement limitations. Cords and microphone locations may limit your<br />
ability to move freely throughout the class.<br />
If participants ask questions, repeat the question for others to hear.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 17
Page 18<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 4<br />
The Certified Pool/Spa Operator® (CPO®) Certification Course<br />
Section Contents:<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation Course Administrative Guidelines ......................................21<br />
Full CPO ® Certifi cation Course Outline ............................................................31<br />
Full CPO ® Certifi cation Course Schedule .........................................................33<br />
Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule ...................................35<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation Course Lesson Plans:<br />
Course Introduction ..........................................................................................37<br />
Chapter 1 – Pool and Spa Management ..........................................................39<br />
Chapter 2 – Regulations and Guidelines .........................................................43<br />
Chapter 3 – Essential Calculations ..................................................................47<br />
Chapter 4 – Pool Water Contamination ...........................................................49<br />
Chapter 5 – Disinfection ...................................................................................53<br />
Chapter 6 – Water Balance ..............................................................................57<br />
Chapter 7 – Pool & Spa Water Problems .........................................................61<br />
Chapter 8 – Chemical Testing ..........................................................................65<br />
Chapter 9 – Chemical Feed and Control ..........................................................69<br />
Chapter 10 – Water Circulation ........................................................................71<br />
Chapter 11 – Pool & Spa Filtration ...................................................................75<br />
Chapter 12 – Heating and Air Circulation .........................................................79<br />
Chapter 13 – Spa and Therapy Operations .....................................................81<br />
Chapter 14 – Facility Safety .............................................................................85<br />
Chapter 15 – Keeping Records ........................................................................89<br />
Chapter 16 – Maintenance Systems ................................................................91<br />
Chapter 17 – Troubleshooting ..........................................................................93<br />
Chapter 18 – Facility Renovation & Design .....................................................95<br />
State and Local Code Supplement ..................................................................97<br />
Review Calculations .........................................................................................99<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 19
Page 20<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
CPO® Certification Course Administrative Guidelines<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
The CPO ® certifi cation course is designed to provide individuals with the basic knowledge,<br />
techniques, and skills of pool and spa operation. This body of knowledge is covered in the<br />
eighteen (18) chapters, as well as the glossary and appendices, of the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />
Operator Handbook. The training for CPO ® certifi cation requires you to cover the key<br />
contents of the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and then offer guidance on products<br />
and information. You may invite individuals who are “experts” to address advanced technical<br />
information. However, certifi cation standards are developed from the contents of the NSPF Pool &<br />
Spa Operator Handbook only. The NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook is not a substitute<br />
for state or local regulations.<br />
LEARNING OUTCOMES<br />
(These outcomes focus on the CPO ® certification class - not the <strong>Instructor</strong> Class)<br />
At the conclusion of the CPO ® certifi cation course, participants should be able to:<br />
1. Explain the role an operator plays in pool operation<br />
2. List the components of a good management plan<br />
3. Develop a network of resource materials<br />
4. Develop a list of personal contacts<br />
5. Identify physical, chemical, and biological hazards associated with the pool<br />
environment<br />
6. List the steps to follow to minimize physical, chemical, and biological hazards<br />
associated with the pool environment<br />
7. Identify the local regulations that apply to safe pool<br />
8. Identify the industry standards governing pool operation<br />
9. Explain the importance of a positive relationship with local regulatory agencies<br />
10. Explain the need for testing and documentation as it relates to pool and spa operation<br />
11. Perform pool calculations as they relate to pool and equipment measurements and<br />
chemical usage computations<br />
Participants should also understand the basic concepts of:<br />
Pool management<br />
Water quality management<br />
System components<br />
System maintenance<br />
Pool and spa design<br />
Special needs of hot water spa environments<br />
COURSE PREPARATION<br />
Careful thought and preparation is needed to set up and administer a CPO ® certifi cation course<br />
or any NSPF approved course. Planning may begin as early as six (6) to twelve (12) months<br />
before the scheduled class. Appendices B and C will assist you in planning and preparing for your<br />
course.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 21
Some areas to consider are:<br />
Training schedule<br />
Facility<br />
Promotion<br />
Staffi ng<br />
Course materials<br />
Course fees<br />
Registration process<br />
CPO ® certifi cation process<br />
Examination process<br />
Course administration<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
All CPO ® certifi cation courses must be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® prior<br />
to the date of the course. Course registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the start<br />
of the course. This not only allows adequate time to receive all the necessary materials but also<br />
provides time for the NSPF offi ce to promote your course. To help ensure the success of your<br />
course, the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® may restrict the scheduling of CPO ® certifi cation<br />
courses that confl ict with other scheduled CPO ® certifi cation courses in the same or nearby<br />
locations on the same dates. See Appendix D for complete course scheduling guidelines.<br />
The time allotment guidelines recommended for each content area have some degree of fl exibility.<br />
Regardless of the amount of time spent on each section, all participants take the same exam and<br />
meet the same certifi cation standards. When planning the schedule, consider the requirements of<br />
the local code, differences in operational techniques, equipment, and job responsibilities of your<br />
participants. Teach the program to meet the needs of the operators, but remember the broadness<br />
required to be a certifi ed operator. The course outline in Section 4 will assist you in planning the<br />
schedule for your course.<br />
There are two formats for conducting a CPO ® certifi cation course: the two-day classroom course<br />
and the blended training course, which is a combination of the Pool Operator Primer and Pool<br />
Operator Fusion. The following table outlines the two formats:<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Certification/Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Full 2-Day Classroom<br />
Course<br />
None 14-16 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />
Pool Operator Primer<br />
(Online Course)<br />
None Online Pool<br />
Operator Primer<br />
Complete all 8 online lessons<br />
Pool Operator Fusion<br />
(1-Day Classroom<br />
Course)<br />
Pool Operator<br />
Primer<br />
8 hours of<br />
classroom<br />
Minimum 75% score on the<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />
POOL OPERATOR PRIMER<br />
This is the fi rst step to earning the CPO ® Certifi cation, and prerequisite for the Pool Operator<br />
Fusion training, using the blended format training course. The online curriculum consists of 8<br />
lessons that cover all 18 chapters in the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, which is included as<br />
Page 22<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
part of the training. Successful completion earns the student a Record of Completion, which the<br />
student will be able to print from their computer. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> must collect this Record of<br />
Completion from the student prior to entry into the one-day Pool Operator Fusion training. See<br />
Appendix E for sample copies of the Record of Completion.<br />
POOL OPERATOR FUSION<br />
This is the one-day training offered by NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s, which can be the second day of the<br />
two-day classroom CPO ® Certifi cation course. Students must present a Pool Operator Primer<br />
Record of Completion and successfully complete a Pool Operator Fusion class to earn the<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation. <strong>Instructor</strong>s must verify the student’s identity by checking a government issued<br />
photo identity prior to allowing the student to begin the Pool Operator Fusion. The Record<br />
of Completion must also be signed by the student attesting to the fact that they independently<br />
completed the online portion of the training program. The record must be sent to the NSPF along<br />
with the test and class record.<br />
FACILITY<br />
CPO ® certifi cation courses may be set up at hotels/motels and schools. Agencies such as parks<br />
and recreation departments, colleges, community centers, and health departments may be<br />
solicited to co-host a course. Occasionally, courses may be set up in conjunction with regional<br />
conferences or conventions. In many instances, sites will barter free participant registration in<br />
exchange for free use of their facility.<br />
Regardless of the facility you choose, the environment in which your CPO ® certifi cation course is<br />
conducted will have a major effect on the learning process. You need to ensure that:<br />
The setting is comfortable with few distractions<br />
Conveniences such as food, drink, and restrooms are nearby<br />
Large tables are used, with plenty of room to spread out materials<br />
The location is convenient and directions are easy to understand<br />
The presentation is easy to see and hear<br />
PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />
Advertising for your CPO ® certifi cation course is your responsibility. You may use a brochure or<br />
fl yer of your design or request a sample brochure from the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
to assist you in soliciting participants for a course. The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® can<br />
help promote your CPO ® certifi cation course by listing the course on the NPSF ® web site. Course<br />
information may be provided to the NSPF offi ce by telephone, fax, e-mail, or through the<br />
www.nspf.org instructor website.<br />
STAFFING<br />
You are encouraged to invite individuals who have demonstrated expertise in a given fi eld to<br />
address advanced technical information. Guest presenters can enhance the course by providing<br />
detailed information about their specialty that you may not be able to supply. However, remember<br />
that the certifi cation standards are developed from the contents of the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />
Operator Handbook only. These standards may not be altered, even with the availability of<br />
enhanced information.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 23
ENDORSEMENTS<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® policy strictly forbids the endorsement of any product,<br />
especially one which you or your guest presenters might represent. Presentations must remain<br />
generic to ensure that the policies and objectives of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
are upheld. Any reference to a product in more than generic terms could be construed as an<br />
endorsement and create a confl ict of interest between your/their organization and the <strong>National</strong><br />
Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />
You may, however, use exhibits and handouts to enhance your presentation. These may be<br />
obtained from manufacturers and distributors. When using materials and products, the following<br />
guidelines should be strictly adhered to:<br />
A disclaimer must be given when products and materials are exhibited or used in the<br />
presentation.<br />
Whenever possible, manufacturer labels and tags should be removed.<br />
Specifi c products, pamphlets, fl yers or other references that pertain to your business<br />
can only be displayed and/or discussed outside of the classroom during noninstructional<br />
time.<br />
If a student should ask your recommendation of a product, you should remain<br />
neutral during the class time. Only during non-instructional time can you give your<br />
recommendations of products.<br />
COURSE MATERIALS<br />
It is requested that orders for the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and CPO ® certifi cation<br />
exam be placed at least 10 to 14 days in advance in order to ensure on-time delivery for the<br />
course. Orders received during the business day are normally shipped the same day. All deliveries<br />
are made using UPS. Therefore, please provide a complete street address (no post offi ce boxes)<br />
and a contact telephone number.<br />
Payment for materials may be made by check, money order, or credit card. Orders cannot be<br />
shipped without payment in full. Returned checks may result in sanctions against the instructor.<br />
Unused, undamaged NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbooks may be returned within six (6)<br />
months of ordering. A 20% processing fee will be deducted from the refund amount.<br />
SUGGESTED COURSE FEES<br />
You have the discretion to set any course fee you wish. However, you should attempt to be<br />
consistent with other CPO ® certifi cation courses within your geographic area. You may want<br />
to consider the following “per participant” guidelines (based on 10 students in the class) in<br />
developing your pricing: The following sample is based on US dollars and may be adjusted to<br />
your local currency.<br />
Page 24<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
2-Day Blended Drop-in<br />
Student<br />
NSPF: NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook $ 35.00 $ 85.00<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation Fee $ 30.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00<br />
Subtotal = $ 65.00 $115.00 $ 30.00<br />
Facility: Room Rental $ 55.00 $ 27.50<br />
Equipment Rental $ 15.00 $ 7.00<br />
Coffee, Refreshments, etc. $ 20.00 $ 10.00<br />
Luncheons (extra)<br />
Subtotal = $ 90.00 $ 47.50<br />
Offi ce: Promotion $ 2.50 $ 2.50<br />
Mailing Costs $ 2.50 $ 2.50 $ 1.50<br />
Miscellaneous Expenses (phones, etc.) $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 2.50<br />
Subtotal = $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 4.00<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>: Travel, Food, Lodging $ 70.00 $ 35.00<br />
Instructional Aids $ 10.00 $ 5.00<br />
Guest Speakers’ Fee $ 30.00 $ 15.00<br />
Subtotal = $110.00 $ 55.00<br />
TOTAL = $275.00 $227.50 $34.00<br />
This is a sample fee to charge your students. The actual registration fee could be between $250 -<br />
$450 depending on your area and what the market will bear. It is suggested that you establish an<br />
advance registration fee (received at least 10-14 days prior to the course) and a late registration<br />
fee (received within 10-14 days of the course). This encourages early registration and gives you a<br />
better idea of the number of participants you will have for your course.<br />
Additionally, if the instructor is offering the Blended CPO ® certifi cation course, there is the $85<br />
per student fee to consider, which is for the online Pool Operator Primer training portion of the<br />
course and the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook.<br />
Agencies such as universities, parks and recreation departments, YMCAs and health departments<br />
are sometimes willing to offer support in covering the expenses of promotion, materials, mailing,<br />
facilities, food, or participant scholarships. This co-sponsorship promotes their organizations as<br />
educators of managers and operators who provide safer and more effi ciently operated pools.<br />
Another strategy is to barter for services. For example, the fee for renting a facility may be waived<br />
in exchange for letting one or two of their people in the class at a reduced charge or no charge.<br />
This kind of partnership can greatly reduce your actual expenses.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 25
REGISTRATION PROCESS<br />
The registration process will set the tone for you and your CPO ® certifi cation course. This is the<br />
fi rst contact with your course participants. A well-planned and executed registration process will<br />
establish you as an industry professional.<br />
Develop an advanced registration procedure that includes a letter confi rming the receipt of each<br />
participant’s registration. A sample letter is available in Appendix F. Regardless of the method<br />
is used, students should be contacted as soon as possible after you receive their registration.<br />
This will confi rm that you have received their registration and that they have completed the<br />
requirements for your registration process.<br />
Prior to the course, materials and information should be mailed to participants. This will allow them<br />
to be as prepared as possible for a very extensive program. Since many students register early,<br />
you may need to send an additional mailing. If so, include a course schedule and directions, along<br />
with any other information or materials you want them to have prior to the course. Also, remind<br />
the students to bring a calculator!<br />
The on-site registration procedure should include information and materials as well as incidentals<br />
such as paper, writing utensils, name tags, handouts, and extra calculators. This is also an<br />
opportunity to have equipment and product displays available. Since this is the fi rst impression<br />
that many of the students will get of your course, be sure to be professional and courteous. Many<br />
students will have questions and apprehensions about taking the course. Reassure them that<br />
you will be very thorough in your presentations and that they will have every opportunity to ask<br />
questions.<br />
CERTIFICATION PROCESS<br />
ELIGIBILITY<br />
The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® does not discriminate against age, sex, nationality,<br />
marital status, sexual orientation or religious reference. Any person who successfully completes<br />
the CPO ® certifi cation training and passes the applicable exam with a grade of 75% or higher may<br />
be certifi ed.<br />
ATTENDANCE<br />
Participants taking the CPO ® certifi cation course must attend all sessions of the program.<br />
EXAM<br />
Participants must take one of the NSPF CPO ® certifi cation examinations as part of the<br />
requirements for receiving CPO ® certifi cation. The CPO ® certifi cation exam is an “open book”<br />
examination, meaning that participants may use the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, a<br />
calculator, and any materials or references made available to them during the course. Participants<br />
must score a 75% or higher to receive certifi cation. All class participants must also present a valid,<br />
government-issued photo ID to the instructor when returning the completed examination. It is the<br />
instructor’s responsibility to verify the identity of the student. The instructor must also initial the<br />
bottom left corner of the front page of each completed exam.<br />
Page 26<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
The exams contain multiple choice questions. The questions have been carefully selected from<br />
a test bank to challenge the participant’s comprehension of course material. Other questions or<br />
exams may not be substituted.<br />
Exams are color-coded and should be distributed in groups of three.<br />
Exam A (White) – Given to every third person<br />
Exam B (Blue) – Similarly distributed<br />
Exam C (Green) – Similarly distributed<br />
A fourth exam (yellow) is available for any students that need to re-take the exam.<br />
Examinations must be given on-site at the CPO ® certifi cation course. Each exam must be<br />
completed by only one (1) individual and all participants must take the exam at the scheduled<br />
time and with all other candidates. The purpose is to provide a similar testing environment for all<br />
candidates. A student is allowed a minimum of 2.5 hours to complete the certifi cation examination.<br />
If a student desires IACET continuing education credit they must complete the exam in no<br />
more than 2.5 hours.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s will make every effort to maintain the confi dentiality of the CPO ® certifi cation<br />
examinations. In this regard, cellular telephones are not allowed on the desk or table during the<br />
exam. They should be placed in a briefcase, purse, or pocket during the exam. Smartphone<br />
applications may not be used.<br />
Participants must be monitored during the examination period. No mail-in exams will be accepted.<br />
If a participant cannot read or cannot understand the language due to an eligible disability<br />
consistent with the Americans with Disability Act, a written request may be submitted to NSPF via<br />
the instructor to request the examination be read aloud to the student.<br />
Participants who do not meet the minimum exam score of 75% may re-take the exam at the<br />
instructor’s option. A separate yellow re-take exam is available for this purpose. CPO ® candidates<br />
who are re-taking the exam may do so during agreed upon time. Under no circumstances<br />
should an exam be given to the student who is not under the direct supervision of the instructor.<br />
Individuals re-taking the exam must do so within 90 days of the original course in which they failed<br />
the exam.<br />
The following points are offered in preparing the participants for examination:<br />
When submitting the completed exam to the instructor, the student MUST present<br />
a valid, government-issued photo Identification. <strong>Instructor</strong>s must initial exams<br />
indicating that a valid Identifi cation was observed.<br />
Cellular telephones are not allowed on the desk or table during the exam. They should<br />
be placed in a briefcase, purse, or pocket during the exam. No smartphone applications<br />
are allowed during the exam.<br />
Explain that the exam is more an exercise in fi nding answers in the handbook than<br />
of actual pool knowledge. The rationale is that if you can fi nd an answer to an exam<br />
question, you can fi nd an answer to a pool problem.<br />
Reinforce the use of the index, table of contents, and chapter title side bars to assist in<br />
fi nding information within the handbook.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 27
Maintain a positive approach to the exam. Do not create panic by signifying how diffi cult<br />
the exam may be.<br />
Congratulate all participants for their effort in handling a very demanding schedule while<br />
covering a great deal of material.<br />
Review the “open book” procedure and emphasize using the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />
Operator Handbook to research answers. All questions are covered in the handbook.<br />
Establish the maximum time you will allow for taking the examination (minimum is 2.5<br />
hour and maximum for IACET CEUs is 2.5 hour).<br />
Breaks are permissible but should be kept short. Exams should not be removed from<br />
the area of instructor supervision.<br />
Offer a systematic approach to answering the exam questions. Tell participants to go<br />
through the entire exam answering questions that are familiar and then go back and<br />
research more diffi cult questions.<br />
Keep participants informed as to how much time is remaining in the examination period.<br />
It is required that each participant do his or her own work. You are to monitor the exam, providing<br />
assistance to questions and maintaining a formal and quiet environment.<br />
CERTIFICATION POLICY<br />
The CPO ® certifi cation and registration is valid for a period of fi ve (5) years from the date of course<br />
completion.<br />
RECERTIFICATION POLICY<br />
A person may renew their CPO ® certifi cation by one of the following methods:<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Certification/Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Full 2-Day Classroom<br />
Course<br />
None 14-16 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />
1-day Review<br />
(Classroom Course)<br />
Current CPO ®<br />
certifi cation<br />
8 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />
Exam Only Current CPO ®<br />
certifi cation + Pool<br />
Operator Primer<br />
Time needed to<br />
complete certifi cation<br />
exam<br />
Minimum 75% score on the<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />
NOTE:<br />
**Student must receive a copy of the most recent NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />
REVOKING CERTIFICATION<br />
Anyone with CPO ® certifi cation may be reviewed for withdrawal of certifi cation as a result of a<br />
written complaint from a duly-appointed health offi cial. A review will be conducted by the <strong>National</strong><br />
Swimming Pool Foundation ® following an investigation of the complaint.<br />
The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® will work in cooperation with health departments<br />
and their offi cials. A certifi ed operator must maintain standards of operation that demonstrate<br />
knowledge of codes, regulations and practices that represent professional decisions and conduct.<br />
Page 28<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
POST-COURSE CORRESPONDENCE<br />
As soon as possible following the course, participants should be notifi ed of their grades and when<br />
to expect their certifi cation. Even during the busiest times, NSPF’s goal is to process certifi cation<br />
within three days of receipt of the course certifi cation record, exams, and full payment from the<br />
instructor.<br />
If they have passed the exam, the students should receive a “congratulations” letter. If they have<br />
failed the exam, they should receive a “repeat course” letter. Samples of both letters are available<br />
in Appendices H and I.<br />
“Thank you” letters should be sent to anyone associated with the planning and implementation<br />
of the course. Other staff members and presenters should receive special recognition as well as<br />
manufacturers and distributors who supplied products and materials for your program. Also, the<br />
facility or sponsoring agency should be acknowledged for their role in the program.<br />
COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />
Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your CPO ® certifi cation course, you must submit the<br />
following to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />
1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />
You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® Course Certifi cation Record as<br />
shown in Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />
Course Certifi cation Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />
Location of the course<br />
Starting and ending dates<br />
Complete names of all participants attending class<br />
Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exam grade<br />
2. EXAM RESULTS<br />
All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the Course Certifi cation Record and be<br />
returned to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 75% or higher will be issued CPO ® certification.<br />
You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received less than<br />
75% on the CPO ® certifi cation exam.<br />
3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />
A Certifi cation Fee of $30.00 (USD)for each participant who passes the examination must be<br />
submitted to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . Certifi cation fees must accompany the<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation Course Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or<br />
failed the exam.<br />
4. REPORTING<br />
A packet containing the CPO ® Course Certifi cation Record with both “passing” and “failing”<br />
participants listed, all CPO ® certifi cation exams (both passing and failing), and the $30.00 (USD)<br />
per participant certifi cation fee must be mailed to the:<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
4775 Granby Circle<br />
Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 29
5. PERSONAL RECORDS<br />
For legal and liability concerns, you should maintain a complete fi le of all correspondence and<br />
records associated with the CPO ® certifi cation course. This fi le may be helpful in many aspects<br />
from planning your next course to supplying documentation for a legal action or audit. Included in<br />
your fi le should be:<br />
All correspondence to facilities, staff, participants, etc.<br />
All contracts and written agreements<br />
Copies of all promotional materials including brochures, fl yers, etc.<br />
Copies of all participant registration information and payments<br />
Copies of all course handout materials including schedules, presenter biographies, etc.<br />
Copies of “failed” student exams<br />
A complete fi nancial summary<br />
Page 30<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Full CPO® Certification Course Outline<br />
The following course schedule is a typical example. The course schedule should be adjusted<br />
based on local health codes to proportion time on topics required by code.<br />
The approximate time dedicated to specifi c topics is summarized below along with a listing of the<br />
most relevant NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook Chapters that cover these topics:<br />
Water Chemistry (4-6 hours)<br />
Pool Water Contamination<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Chemical Feed and Control<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
Calculations<br />
Record Keeping<br />
Filtration – Circulation (2-4 hours)<br />
Water Circulation<br />
Pool and Spa Filtration<br />
Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Maintenance (1-3 hours)<br />
Maintenance Systems<br />
Pool and Spa Management<br />
Chemical Feed and Control<br />
Heating and Air Circulation<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
Operations and Safety (1-3 hours)<br />
Facility Safety<br />
Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Health Code (30 min – 1½ hour)<br />
Regulations and Guidelines<br />
All other chapter sections<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 31
Full CPO® Certification Course Outline (cont’d)<br />
Calculations (1-2 hours)<br />
Essential Calculations<br />
Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Water Circulation<br />
Pool and Spa Filtration<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
Spa/Hot Tub (45 min – 1½ hour)<br />
Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />
Maintenance Systems<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Page 32<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Full CPO® Certification Course Schedule<br />
Day 1<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:00 - 8:15 am - Introduction and Housekeeping<br />
8:15 – 8:45 am 1 Pool & Spa Management<br />
8:45 – 9:15 am 2 Regulations & Guidelines<br />
9:15 - 10:15 am 3 Essential Calculations<br />
10:15 - 10:30 am - Break<br />
10:30 - 11:00 am 4 Pool Water Contamination<br />
11:00 – 12:00 pm 5 Disinfection<br />
12:00 - 12:45 pm - Lunch<br />
12:45 – 1:30 pm 6 Water Balance<br />
1:30 – 2:30 pm 7 Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />
2:30 - 3:00 pm 8 Chemical Testing<br />
3:00 – 3:15 pm - Break<br />
3:15 - 3:45 pm 9 Chemical Feed & Control<br />
3:45 – 4:30 pm 10 Water Circulation and Pool & Spa Filtration<br />
4:30 - 5:15 pm 11 Pool & Spa Filtration<br />
5:15 - 5:30 pm - Review and Questions<br />
Day 2<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:00 - 9:00 am 3,7,10,11 Review Calculations and Questions<br />
9:00 – 9:30 am 12 Heating and Air Circulation<br />
9:30 - 10:00 am 2S State and Local Codes*<br />
10:00 – 10:15 am - Break<br />
10:15 – 11:15 am 13 Spa and Therapy Pool Operation<br />
11:15 – 12:00 am 14 Facility Safety<br />
12:00 – 12:45 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />
12:45 – 1:15 pm 15 Keeping Records<br />
1:15 – 1:30 pm 16 Maintenance<br />
1:30 – 2:00 pm 17 Trouble Shooting<br />
2:00 – 2:30 pm 18 Facility Renovation and Design<br />
2:30 - 3:00 pm - Review and Questions<br />
3:00 – 3:15 pm - BREAK<br />
3:15 – 5:45 pm - EXAM (75% minimum)<br />
(minimum 2.5 hrs)**<br />
* Must include Code Supplement outline for states that require specifi c code lesson<br />
** Maximum time allowed for IACET credit.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 33
Page 34<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule<br />
(ONE DAY WITH STUDENTS FROM ONLINE POOL OPERATOR PRIMER COURSE)<br />
The following course schedule is the recommended schedule for a blended course when student<br />
participate in the one day option after completing the online portion of the training. Follow this<br />
schedule if you are teaching a stand-alone blended course. If Pool Operator Primer students are<br />
attending the second day of a two-day class, use the second day of the two-day schedule. The<br />
course schedule should be adjusted based on local health codes to proportion time on topics<br />
required by code.<br />
The approximate time dedicated to specifi c topics is summarized below along with a listing of the<br />
most relevant NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook chapters that cover these topics:<br />
Water Chemistry (2¼ hours)<br />
Pool Water Contamination<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Chemical Feed and Control<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
Calculations<br />
Record Keeping<br />
Filtration – Circulation (1¼ hours)<br />
Water Circulation<br />
Pool and Spa Filtration<br />
Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Maintenance (¾ - 1 hours)<br />
Maintenance Systems<br />
Pool and Spa Management<br />
Chemical Feed and Control<br />
Heating and Air Circulation<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
Operations and Safety (½ hour)<br />
Facility Safety<br />
Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Health Code (¾ - 1¾ hours)<br />
Regulations and Guidelines<br />
All other chapter sections<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 35
Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Calculations (1 - 1¾ hours)<br />
Essential Calculations<br />
Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />
Disinfection<br />
Water Balance<br />
Water Circulation<br />
Pool and Spa Filtration<br />
Chemical Testing<br />
One Day Fusion Format Training<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:00 - 9:00 am 3,7,10,11 Review Calculations and Questions<br />
9:00 - 9:30 am 4 Water Contamination<br />
9:30 - 10:15 am 2 Regulations & Guidelines*<br />
10:15 – 10:30 am - BREAK<br />
10:30 – 11:30 am 8 Chemical Testing<br />
11:30 – 12:15 am 7 Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />
12:15 - 1:15 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />
1:15 – 1:45 pm 10 Water Circulation<br />
1:45 – 2:15 pm 11 Pool & Spa Filtration<br />
2:15 - 3:00 pm 5 Disinfection<br />
3:00 – 3:20 pm - Review and Questions<br />
3:20 - 3:30 pm - Break<br />
3:30 – 6:00 pm EXAM (75% minimum) (minimum 2.5 hrs)**<br />
* Must include Code Supplement outline for states that require specifi c code lesson<br />
** Maximum time allowed for IACET credit.<br />
Page 36<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Course Introduction<br />
Handbook:<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
No handbook references<br />
30 minutes<br />
Course Introduction<br />
Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />
Handouts<br />
Course schedules<br />
Name tags<br />
Objectives: Objectives for this lesson include:<br />
1. Review the housekeeping policies.<br />
2. Explaining the course format.<br />
3. Explaining the certifi cation requirements.<br />
4. Review the course objectives.<br />
Key Points: Welcome the participants to your CPO ® certifi cation course. Conduct introductions of<br />
everyone involved in the course. Have name tags available for each participant. Have a short, preprepared<br />
bio for each instructor and speaker. Then have each participant introduce themselves<br />
and give a very brief background of their position and aquatic background.<br />
Key Points: Explain the various housekeeping policies of your class and facility. These include:<br />
Explain where restrooms are located.<br />
Explain where emergency exits are located.<br />
Explain where public phones are located.<br />
Explain your cellular telephone policy. In most cases, that means that all cellular<br />
telephones should be turned off for the duration of the course except during breaks.<br />
Explain the food and drink policy.<br />
Explain the smoking policy, including locations where participants may smoke.<br />
Key Points: Explain the course format. These include:<br />
Reinforce the need to have a valid, government-issued identifi cation when the student<br />
takes and turns in the exam.<br />
Course materials.<br />
Discuss the course schedule.<br />
Discuss the scheduled breaks, including meals.<br />
Explain that the CPO ® certifi cation exam is an “open book” examination, meaning<br />
that participants may use their Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and any materials or<br />
references made available to them during the course. Participants must score a 75% or<br />
higher to receive certifi cation.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 37
Key Points: Explain the CPO ® certifi cation requirements. These include:<br />
Participants must score a 75% or higher to receive certifi cation.<br />
Explain how participants will be notifi ed of certifi cation. Will they be notifi ed by mail or<br />
will you grade the exams on site and let them know their scores?<br />
Explain how long it will take from the completion of the course to receive their<br />
certifi cations.<br />
Key Points: Explain the CPO ® re-certifi cation requirements. These include:<br />
Explain that the CPO ® certifi cation is valid for 5 years from the completion date of the<br />
course<br />
Explain the re-certifi cation options<br />
Take the complete course either two day in-class or the blended program<br />
Complete the Pool Operator Primer and contact an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> to take the<br />
certifi cation exam<br />
Attend a one day re-certifi cation course and successfully complete the examination<br />
Key Points: Discuss the course objectives. These include:<br />
Understand the role of the operator in pool operation and management<br />
Develop a network of resource materials and personal contacts<br />
Be able to eliminate or minimize physical and biological hazards<br />
Be familiar with various local regulations and industry standards governing pool<br />
operation and the importance of a positive relationship with local regulatory agencies<br />
Understand the need for documentation as it relates to pool/spa operation and liability<br />
risks<br />
Be able to perform pool calculations as they relate to pool/equipment measurements<br />
and chemical usage computations<br />
Key Points: Discuss that participants should also understand the basic concepts of:<br />
Pool management<br />
Swimming pool design<br />
Water quality management<br />
Potential hazards in and around the pool/spa<br />
System components<br />
System maintenance<br />
Final Questions: Ask participants if they have any questions before you begin the course. Assure<br />
them that you will try to explain things in a manner that they can understand and go at a pace that<br />
allows them to learn. Reassure them that you are there to help them complete the requirements of<br />
the course.<br />
Page 38<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 1 – Pool and Spa Management<br />
Handbook: Pages 1-10<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
Materials:<br />
Chapter 1 Slides<br />
30 minutes<br />
Excerpts from regulatory agency regulations requiring pool operator<br />
certifi cation.<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to::<br />
1. List the reasons one should obtain CPO ® certification<br />
2. List who should seek CPO ® certifi cation<br />
3. Explain the difference between the general types of aquatic features<br />
4. Explain the four components of a management system<br />
5. List the components and key factors of a risk management plan<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why is it important to obtain CPO ® certifi cation?<br />
Who should be have CPO ® certifi cation?<br />
Why do many regulatory agencies require CPO ® certifi cation?<br />
What factors would result in immediate closure of a facility?<br />
Activity: Read several excerpts from various regulatory agency regulations requiring pool<br />
operator certifi cation. If the region in which you are teaching the course has specifi c regulations<br />
regarding certifi cation, cover that as well.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the importance of CPO ® certifi cation. These include:<br />
Regulatory compliance. Explain that many regulatory agencies require certification to<br />
operate pools and spas and that the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation Certifi ed<br />
Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ) certifi cation is the most recognized pool operator<br />
certifi cation in the world.<br />
Job requirements. Explain that although possibly not required by law, many<br />
organizations require CPO ® certifi cation because of the comprehensive education it<br />
provides, to operate pools and spas.<br />
Insurance requirements. Because of the liability associated with operating a pool or spa,<br />
insurance companies may require some sort of training. The CPO ® certifi cation course<br />
is ideal for that purpose.<br />
General knowledge. Explain that many people just want general knowledge regarding<br />
the operation and maintenance of pools and spas. The CPO ® certifi cation course is the<br />
most comprehensive and most recognized program available in the industry today.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 39
Key Point: Discuss the factors that would result in immediate closure of a facility. These include<br />
but are not limited to:<br />
Free chlorine or total bromine below the required state minimum<br />
pH outside of acceptable range<br />
Circulation not operating at required rate<br />
Main drains not visible or securely attached<br />
Drain covers not in compliance with ANSI/APSP - 16 (check with your country<br />
requirements for drain covers)<br />
Single drain pool or spa does not have an additional level of protection against<br />
entrapment<br />
Water temperature exceeds 104 °F (40 °C)<br />
Facility does not have self closing, self-latching gates and fencing does not prohibit<br />
access by unsupervised children<br />
Key Points: Discuss who should obtain CPO ® certifi cation: These include:<br />
Pool owners<br />
Pool managers and supervisors<br />
Pool maintenance staff<br />
Lifeguards<br />
Pool technicians<br />
Pool and spa service company employees<br />
Health offi cials<br />
Property managers<br />
Key Points: Discuss the types of facilities that need personnel who have obtained CPO ®<br />
certifi cation. These include:<br />
Public pools. This includes, but is not limited to, recreation and community center pools.<br />
Semi-public pools. This includes, but is not limited to, hotels, motels, homeowner<br />
associations, and fi tness clubs.<br />
Waterparks.<br />
Aquatic playgrounds.<br />
Therapy and special purpose pools.<br />
Residential pools. If you own a pool, it is important that you minimize hazards and know<br />
how to operate and maintain it.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the primary responsibility of a manager. Include an explanation of the four<br />
management functions. These include:<br />
Planning - forecasting, developing, programming, scheduling, budgeting, etc<br />
Organizing - identifying and arranging work, delegation, and creating the management<br />
structure<br />
Leading – decision making, motivating, communicating, hiring and staff development<br />
Controlling – standards of performance, measuring, evaluating and correction<br />
Key Points: Discuss the primary purpose of a risk management plan and the key factors that<br />
must be considered. These include:<br />
Defi nition of the scope of risk management<br />
Prevention of injuries to patrons and staff<br />
Page 40<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Protection of facility assets<br />
Minimizing of legal liability<br />
Key factors in risk management planning<br />
Negligence – failure to act in accordance with the corresponding standard of care<br />
Standard of care – individual uses due care and acts prudently given the circumstances<br />
Duty of care – the amount of reasonable care owed to facility patrons and staff<br />
Record keeping – documentation as to the application of or adherence to the standard<br />
of care<br />
Activity: Provide students with case examples from the Aquatic Risk Management Handbook.<br />
Have student give examples of acts that might contribute to a breach of the four key factors.<br />
Suggest that students purchase a copy of the Aquatic Risk Management Handbook and<br />
investigate continuing education opportunities offered through the NSPF website.<br />
Alternatively, offer to teach the classroom course for Aquatic Risk Management.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 41
Page 42<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 2 – Regulations and Guidelines<br />
Handbook: Pages 11-22<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 2 Slides<br />
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)<br />
Sample local or state regulations<br />
Appendix C-3 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
NOTE: The content of this lesson may be supplimented with information about the<br />
regulatory governing agencies of your country.<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the difference between regulations and standards<br />
2. List the agencies that have an impact on the aquatic industry<br />
3. List the role of the agencies that directly impact the aquatic industry<br />
4. List the governmental regulations that have an infl uence on pool operations<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the difference between a standard and a regulation?<br />
Why are regulations important to the operation of a pool?<br />
What areas of the aquatic industry do regulations impact?<br />
Why do you think regulations became necessary?<br />
Who creates the regulations and guidelines we use in the aquatic industry?<br />
What regulatory agencies have the greatest impact on the aquatic industry?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the aquatic industry that regulations and standards<br />
impact. These include:<br />
Water quality and disinfection.<br />
Facility design and construction.<br />
Facility operation and management.<br />
Activity: Show or distribute local or state regulations. Briefl y highlight areas of the regulations that<br />
impact pool operators.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the difference between a regulation and a standard. These include:<br />
Standards are “recommended guidelines” that industries generally set for themselves.<br />
If standards become broadly recognized as the “standard of care”, they often can<br />
supersede regulations in legal actions, such as lawsuits. Organizations that commonly<br />
set aquatic standards include, but are not limited to:<br />
Association of Pool and Spa Professional (APSP)<br />
American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute (ANSI)<br />
Centers for Disease Control (CDC)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 43
American Red Cross<br />
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)<br />
ASTM International (ASTM)<br />
NSF International (NSF)<br />
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)<br />
Regulations are “mandatory” rules that cannot be deviated from without permission<br />
from the regulation-setting agency. Failure to comply with regulations may result<br />
in monetary fi nes and disciplinary actions, such as facility closures. Organizations<br />
commonly setting aquatic regulations in the US include:<br />
Health departments<br />
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)<br />
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)<br />
Department of Transportation (DOT)<br />
Department of Justice (DOJ)<br />
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)<br />
Key Points: Explain that while all the organizations listed have an impact on the aquatics industry<br />
in some way, there are several that maintain a dominating presence. These include health<br />
departments, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Environmental<br />
Protection Agency (EPA), the Department of Justice, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), and<br />
the Association of Pool and Spa Professionals (APSP) and American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute<br />
(ANSI).<br />
Discuss the various aspects of health departments. These include:<br />
Health departments, more than any other regulating agency, have a direct day-to-day<br />
impact on the operation and management of aquatic facilities<br />
Health departments are sources for operating permits, site inspections, and regulations<br />
governing such things as, but not limited to, water quality standards (disinfection,<br />
bacterial limits, etc.), supervision requirements (lifeguards, etc.), operational parameters<br />
(fi lter sizes, turnover rates, etc.), swimmer capacity limits, and construction requirements<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration<br />
(OSHA). These include:<br />
OSHA is one of the most powerful agencies in federal government today. It regulates<br />
the “employer to employee” relationship of all labor.<br />
One of OSHA’s two most important regulations impacting the aquatics industry is the<br />
Hazard Communication Standard, also known as the “Employee Right to Know Law.” As<br />
it pertains to the aquatic industry, it regulates how pool operators handle equipment and<br />
chemicals that could be hazardous to their health and safety.<br />
The other important OSHA regulation that impacts the aquatics industry is the<br />
Bloodborne Pathogens Standard, which is also part of the Hazard Communication<br />
Standard. It regulates how to deal with employee exposure to blood and bodily fl uids.<br />
This is a considerable concern in the aquatic industry, especially with lifeguards who<br />
deal with cuts and scrapes on a daily basis.<br />
One of the most important OSHA tools used in protection of employees is the Material<br />
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). An MSDS is required for every chemical stored and used in<br />
commercial applications. This includes pool chemicals, cleaning products, paints, etc.<br />
MSDSs should be posted near chemical storage and on fi le and must be available to all<br />
employees at no cost to them. MSDSs give valuable information about each chemical<br />
Page 44<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
including:<br />
General information<br />
Hazardous ingredients<br />
Physical data<br />
Fire and explosion data<br />
Reactivity data<br />
Health hazard data<br />
Spill or leak procedures<br />
Special protection and control measures<br />
Special precautions<br />
Activity: If possible, have enough copies of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) so that each<br />
participant can have his/her own copy. Explain that MSDSs are required for each chemicallyproduced<br />
product used in commercial application. Explain that MSDSs must be available to all<br />
employees, posted near the chemical storage area, and on fi le within the organization. Explain<br />
that OSHA’s fi ne for failure to have an MSDS is “…up to $10 per day per MSDS … and each day<br />
constitutes a new violation.”<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Environmental Protection Agency. These include:<br />
The EPA regulates the “organization to general public” relationship in the aquatic<br />
industry.<br />
One of EPA’s most important regulations impacting the aquatics industry is SARA Title<br />
III; also know as the “Community Right to Know Law.” This law regulates how we deal<br />
with the release and spills of hazardous or toxic chemicals.<br />
Other important laws include the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act, which impact<br />
how we regularly dispose of chemically treated water (backwash) and chlorinated<br />
exhaust air.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Department of Justice. These include:<br />
One of the Department of Justice’s most important regulations is the Americans with<br />
Disabilities Act. This law regulates accessibility to your facility for individuals with<br />
disabilities. It may impact an aquatic facility by requiring ramps, special bathroom and<br />
locker facilities, and special means of entering and exiting the water.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). These<br />
include:<br />
While not a regulations setting agency, CDC does create guidelines for the elimination<br />
or control of hazardous microbiological organisms, such as the ones covered in the Pool<br />
Water Contamination chapter (Chapter 4)<br />
The current guidelines for handling feces and diarrhea discharge were created by CDC<br />
Part of the cost of this class is going to fund research at the CDC to prevent disease<br />
outbreaks due to chlorine-resistant pathogens<br />
Model Aquatic Health Code<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Association of Pool and Spa Professional (APSP)<br />
and American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute (ANSI). These include:<br />
APSP, in conjunction with ANSI, have established most of the aquatic industry<br />
standards used in the world today<br />
While not legally binding in any way, many of these standards have been held as the<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 45
industry “standard of care” in court cases<br />
Key Points: Discuss the role of the American Red Cross (ARC) and YMCA in establishing<br />
standards relative to the aquatic industry. These include:<br />
ARC and YMCA efforts in establishing learn to swim programs and lifeguard training<br />
programs<br />
ARC efforts in establishing fi rst aid and CPR training for lifeguards<br />
Agencies roll in establishing the “standard of care” in court cases<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 46<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 3 – Essential Calculations<br />
Handbook: Pages 23 - 32<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
Chapter 3 Slides<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Pool Math Workbook<br />
Calculator<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. Convert ounces to pounds, and fl uid ounces to gallons.<br />
2. Convert inches to feet, meters to feet, and yards to feet.<br />
3. Calculate surface areas for a rectangular or circular shaped pool.<br />
4. Calculate water volume for a rectangular or circular shaped pool.<br />
5. Calculate water volume for a multi-dimensional aquatic facility.<br />
Leading Question:<br />
Why is it important for pool operators to be able to convert small measures (grams and<br />
milliliters) into larger measures (kilos and litres)?<br />
Activity: Explain that being able to convert small measures into larger measures is important for<br />
such things as purchasing chemicals. For example, imagine what it would be like to go to a pool<br />
store and request 21,000 grams of a chemical. The response may be anything except what we<br />
want. Instead, if we request 21 kilos of a chemical, we are liable to get a totally different response.<br />
The amount is the same. The response to our request is totally different.<br />
Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate how to convert grams to kilos, and<br />
millileters to litres. Have participants perform several amount conversion calculations under your<br />
supervision and guidance.<br />
Leading Question:<br />
Why is it important for pool operators to be able to convert various measures of<br />
distance?<br />
Activity: Explain that being able to convert various measures of distance into one common<br />
measure is important to perform various calculations such as surface areas and water volumes.<br />
In metric terms the fi nal distance measurement must be in meters..<br />
Leading Question:<br />
Why is being able to calculate surface areas important?<br />
Activity: Explain that being able to calculate surface areas is important because we use surface<br />
areas in many aspects of pool operation and maintenance. For example, if we want to paint our<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 47
pool, we must know how many square feet of walls and fl oor we need to paint. Also, with some<br />
regulations, maximum swimmer capacity and minimum lifeguard coverage is based on water and<br />
deck surface area.<br />
Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate a surface area calculation. Have students<br />
perform a surface area calculation under your guidance.<br />
Leading Question:<br />
Why is being able to calculate water volumes important?<br />
Activity: Explain that being able to calculate pool volume is important because most of what we<br />
do on a daily basis as a pool operator depends on the pool volume. For example, we calculate<br />
how much of a chemical to add to the water based on the volume of our pool.<br />
Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate a pool volume calculation for a simple<br />
circle, rectangle and a multi-dimensional aquatic facility. Have participants perform several pool<br />
volume calculations under your guidance including at least one multi-dimensional aquatic facility.<br />
Final Questions: Ask students if they have any questions pertaining to the calculations they have<br />
just done. Explain to them that they will have a review session in a future section and also have an<br />
opportunity to do additional calculations as a homework assignment. If there are participants who<br />
are still having trouble offer additional assistance during a break or after class.<br />
Page 48<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 4 – Pool Water Contamination<br />
Handbook: Pages 33-46<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 4 Slides<br />
Sample pool water lab report<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the role of the pool operator in preventing disease transmission<br />
2. List the most common fecal related illnesses<br />
3. List the most common non-fecal related illnesses<br />
4. Explain the procedure for handling fecal contamination in the aquatic environment<br />
5. List the procedures to follow to prevent the spread of diseases in aquatic<br />
environments<br />
6. Explain the causes of disinfection by-products<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the role of the pool operator in preventing water contamination?<br />
Can you name two recreational water illnesses?<br />
How do we prevent water contamination?<br />
What do you use as a disinfectant in your pools or spa?<br />
What would happen if no disinfectants were used on pool or spa water?<br />
What are DBPs and how can they be controlled.<br />
Activity: Explain to the participants that, in some states, mandatory laboratory testing of pool<br />
water is required. Ask the student if they know of mandatory laboratory tests required in their<br />
state. Discuss the types of things a health department might want tested and what they can do if<br />
the tests are not within their acceptable guidelines.<br />
Key Points: Discuss Recreational Water Illnesses. This should include:<br />
How they are spread: swallowing, breathing or contacting contaminated water<br />
Pathogens and their role in RWIs<br />
Key Points: Discuss the three agents that cause contamination. Include<br />
Bacteria<br />
Viruses<br />
Protozoa<br />
Key Points: Discuss that water contamination falls into two categories. These include:<br />
Fecal related illnesses<br />
Non-enteric (non-fecal) related illnesses<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 49
Key Points: Discuss the fecal related illnesses causes by protozoa. These include:<br />
Cryptosporidium (Crypto)<br />
Giardia<br />
Key Point: Discuss the fecal related illness caused by bacteria.<br />
Escherichia coli (E. coli 0157:H7)<br />
Key Points: Discuss the fecal related illnesses caused by viruses. These include:<br />
Norovirus<br />
Adenovirus<br />
Hepatitis A<br />
Key Point: Explain that the Centers for Disease Control & Prevention (CDC), which is the<br />
governmental agency that sets the standards for disease control, has created response guidelines<br />
for accidental fecal releases. Emphasize that in all cases where local and state regulations differ<br />
from the CDC guidelines, the local and state regulations should be followed.<br />
Key Points: For formed (solid) stool accidents, pool operators should use the following procedure:<br />
Remove swimmers from the water<br />
While maintaining the pH at 7.5 or lower, raise the chlorine level to 2.0 mg/L<br />
After 25 minutes, open the pool to normal activities<br />
Key Points: For diarrhea discharge, pool operators should use the following procedure:<br />
Remove swimmers from the water<br />
While maintaining the pH at 7.5 or lower, raise the chlorine level to 20.0 mg/L. Maintain<br />
this level for at least 12.75 hours.<br />
After 12.75 hours, backwash the fi lters to waste.<br />
Reduce the chlorine back to normal operating ranges.<br />
When the chlorine levels are back within normal operating ranges, open the pool to<br />
normal activities.<br />
Key Points: When handling contaminated material, pool operators should use the following<br />
procedure:<br />
Wear rubber gloves. Always protect yourself from any direct contact with contaminated<br />
material.<br />
Remove excess contaminant material. Use any means available to keep the<br />
contaminated material contained in as small an area as possible.<br />
Disinfect all surfaces that contamination may have touched. This includes any<br />
equipment used in removing the contaminated material.<br />
Follow regulatory guidelines when disposing of contaminated material. Some<br />
regulations require special bags to contain any potential spread of contamination.<br />
Wash your hands thoroughly. This is the most basic and most effective precaution<br />
that anyone can take to prevent the spread of contamination.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the different types of non-fecal related illnesses. These include:<br />
Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />
Swimmer’s ear (otitus externa)<br />
Legionella pneumophila (Legionnaires Disease)<br />
Page 50<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis (HP)<br />
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)<br />
Mollusum Contagiosum<br />
Plantar warts<br />
Athlete’s foot<br />
Key Points: Emphasize that good pool operating procedures and educating swimmers and<br />
parents are the best ways to prevent accidental contamination before it happens. These include:<br />
Maintain proper disinfectant levels at all times. Drops in levels are an invitation for<br />
bacteria to spread in the pool water.<br />
Have all children use the bathroom before entering the pool. Have designated<br />
changing areas away from the deck or seating area. Swim diapers and rubber pants do<br />
not prevent contamination. They only provide containment for a short period of time.<br />
Require every swimmer to shower before entering the pool. Doing so will remove<br />
contaminated substances that may spread diseases in the pool water. In many states,<br />
this is a regulation.<br />
Prohibit pool use for people with open wounds/sores or known infections. Since<br />
open wounds and sores eliminate the natural barrier that skin provides against disease<br />
transmission, people with open wounds and sores can both transmit and receive<br />
contamination more easily than people without these problems.<br />
Work with local and state health departments.<br />
Other Pool Water Health Concerns<br />
Key Point: Discuss disinfection by-products production and means of controlling them. Include:<br />
How to minimize DBPs. Use of ozone, ultraviolet and chlorine dioxide with chlorine or<br />
bromine.<br />
Give a brief description of Trihalomethanes (THMs) and their production in pool water.<br />
Key Point: Discuss Bromine itch and its two causes and how to minimize its occurrence.<br />
Additional Training: Suggest that students enroll and take the Advanced RWI online training<br />
course from NSPF. Alternatively, offer to teach the classroom version of the course.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
NOTE: Recommend the RWI online/classroom training course and handbook for additional<br />
training.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 51
Page 52<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 5 – Disinfection<br />
Handbook: Pages 47-58<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
60 minutes<br />
Chapter 5 Slides<br />
Materials:<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the difference between disinfection and oxidation<br />
2. Explain the differences between the various types of disinfectants<br />
3. Explain the factors to consider when selecting a disinfectant<br />
4. List the compounds formed when chlorine is added to pool/spa water<br />
5. List the types of chlorine generally used in pool/spa water disinfection<br />
6. List the alternative disinfectants that can be used in pool/spa water<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What type of disinfectant do you use in your pool/spa?<br />
How is it administered into the water?<br />
Do you use a stabilizer or conditioner?<br />
How is your testing recorded? How often on weekends?<br />
Is there a regulatory agency who reviews your testing results?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the difference between disinfection and oxidation. These include:<br />
Disinfection is also called sanitation. We use the word “disinfect” throughout<br />
this course to maintain consistency with the Centers for Disease Control and<br />
Prevention.<br />
Disinfection is the process of destroying organisms that are harmful to people. This<br />
includes destroying many of the organisms previously discussed.<br />
Oxidation is the process of changing the chemical structure of a contaminant thus<br />
helping remove it from the water.<br />
Explain that both processes have to occur continuously to have water that is sanitary.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the factors to consider when choosing a disinfectant. These include:<br />
The type of facility (pool, spa, therapy, waterpark attraction)<br />
Whether it is an indoor or outdoor facility<br />
The normal operating water temperature<br />
The number of people using the facility<br />
The person responsible for the water chemistry<br />
The space available to store chemicals<br />
Any supervision or maintenance concerns<br />
Any applicable codes or regulations<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 53
Key Points: Explain that chlorine is the most common disinfectant used in commercial pools.<br />
While chlorine may not be the best disinfectant or the best oxidizer or the best algaecide, it is very<br />
good at all three and is one product. Explain that chlorine is present (percentage listed with each<br />
compound) in the following compounds commonly used to disinfect pools:<br />
Chlorine gas (100%)<br />
Calcium hypochlorite (65%-78%)<br />
Sodium hypochlorite (10%-12%)<br />
Lithium hypochlorite (35%)<br />
Trichlor (90%)<br />
Dichlor (56%-63%)<br />
Key Points: Discuss that chlorine compounds fall into two categories. These include:<br />
Organic chlorine compounds, such as trichlor and dichlor, contain cyanuric acid as part<br />
of the compound. They are considered stabilized chlorines.<br />
Inorganic chlorine compounds, such as calcium hypochlorite, sodium hypochlorite,<br />
lithium hypochlorite, and chlorine gas, do not contain cyanuric acid as part of the<br />
compound. They are considered unstabilized chlorines. However, these chlorines can<br />
be stabilized by adding cyanuric acid to the water as a separate product.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the use of stabilizers to increase the stability of chlorine in pool water.<br />
These include:<br />
Stabilizers decrease the breakdown of chlorine due to UV light.<br />
The stabilizer for chlorine is cyanuric acid.<br />
The ideal range for cyanuric acid levels is 30-50 mg/L.<br />
Local health codes may restrict the use of cyanuric acid in public pools or spas. It is<br />
important to check the local code.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the chemistry of chlorine. Explain that when a chlorine compound is<br />
introduced to water, the chemical reaction forms:<br />
Hypochlorous acid, which is the active killing form of chlorine in water.<br />
Hypochlorite ion, which is an inactive form of chlorine in water. By-products specifi c<br />
to the type of chlorine used. For example, the by-product of sodium hypochlorite (liquid<br />
bleach) is sodium chloride (table salt).<br />
Free Chlorine, sum of hypochlorous acid and hypochlorite ion.<br />
Combined Chlorine, reaction of free chlorine with inorganic and organic compounds in<br />
the water<br />
Key Points: Discuss the most common stabilized disinfectants and their chemistry:<br />
Trichloro-s-triazinetrione – commonly called trichlor<br />
Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione - commonly called dichlor<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of bromine. These include:<br />
There are two methods of using bromine. The most common is bromine tablets<br />
(BCDMH). The second is sodium bromide, which must be used with potassium<br />
monopersulfate. Potassium monopersulfate is a non-chlorine oxidizer.<br />
While bromine is a strong disinfectant, it is not as good as chlorine as an oxidizer.<br />
Because of this, the use of a supplemental chemical for oxidation is occasionally<br />
needed.<br />
Page 54<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Key Points: Discuss the use of BCDMH and DBDMH<br />
1-Bromo-3-chloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (BCDMH) – contains chlorine<br />
1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DBDMH) – does not contain chlorine<br />
Key Points: Discuss chlorine generation. These include:<br />
Briefl y discuss in-line method of chlorine generation. Indicate it will be discussed in more<br />
detail in the Chemical Feed & Control Chapter<br />
Briefl y discuss the brine method of generating chlorine. Indicated that more detail will be<br />
presented in the chapter on Chemical Feed and Control.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of ozone. These include:<br />
There are two methods to produce ozone: corona discharge (CD) and ultraviolet light<br />
(UV).<br />
Ozone is a strong disinfectant and oxidizer, but because it leaves no residual<br />
disinfectant in the water, it must be used in conjunction with chlorine or bromine.<br />
Be sure to indicate that more information will be presented in the Pool & Spa Water<br />
Problems chapter.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the use of ultraviolet light (UV). These include:<br />
Supplemental oxidizer and disinfectant. Does not leave residual.<br />
Generated on site.<br />
Effective because it damages DNA of bacteria.<br />
Dose level is determined by lamp intensity and exposure time.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the use of Chlorine Dioxide (ClO 2<br />
). These include:<br />
Not currently registered as a disinfectant in US<br />
Used primarily in US to combat mildew and biofi lm in plumbing of polyhexamethylene<br />
biguanide (PHMB) treated pools<br />
Key Point: Discuss the use of Polyhexamethylene Biguanide (PHMB). Include:<br />
Registered by U.S. EPA for use to treat swimming pools and spas<br />
Used in conjunction with hydrogen peroxide to oxidize as well as disinfect<br />
Largely marketed for residential applications<br />
Not compatible with products such as copper algicides, potassium monopersulfate, etc.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 55
Page 56<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 6 – Water Balance<br />
Handbook: Pages 59-68<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
Chapter 6 Slides<br />
Calculators<br />
Water Quality Guidelines handout (Appendix K from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Langelier Saturation Index handout (Appendix L from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Saturation Index Worksheets (Appendix M from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Several chemical containers<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List three reasons why pool water balance is important<br />
2. List the components of pool water balance<br />
3. Calculate pool water balance for a pool<br />
4. Demonstrate how to adjust improperly balanced pool water<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What does the term water balance mean to you as a pool operator?<br />
Can anyone give an example of corrosion?<br />
Can anyone give an example of scale formation?<br />
What is the expected life of a fi lter or pump before it needs to be replaced and do you<br />
think that corrosive or scale-forming water will affect that?<br />
If your pool water is corrosive or scale-forming, what can happen to the pool shell and<br />
equipment?<br />
How long should a pool fi nish (paint, tile, plaster) last before needing to be re-surfaced<br />
and do you think that corrosive or scale-forming water will affect that?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the defi nition of water balance, which is the correct ratio of mineral content<br />
and pH that prevents water from becoming corrosive or scale-forming.<br />
Explain that maintaining overall water chemistry is a two-part process. What is good for the<br />
swimmers is to maintain proper disinfectant and pH levels. What is good for the pool is to<br />
maintain good water balance to protect the pool shell and equipment. The two processes are not<br />
necessarily the same.<br />
For example, the pool water may be perfectly balanced but not swimmable, and the same is<br />
true the other way. The pool water may be swimmable but not balanced. Explain that as pool<br />
operators, you must merge the two processes and make the pool water both balanced and<br />
swimmable.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 57
Key Points: Discuss the elements of balanced water. These include:<br />
pH<br />
Total alkalinity<br />
Calcium hardness<br />
Temperature<br />
Total dissolved solids<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of pH. These include:<br />
pH is the measure of acid versus base. It is measured on a scale from 0 to 14, 0 being<br />
the most acidic, 14 being the most basic, and 7 being neutral. The further the pH value<br />
is away from neutral, the more it has the qualities of acid or base. For example, a pH of<br />
6.5 is acidic, but not as acidic as a pH of 3.5.<br />
The acceptable operating range for pH is 7.2-7.8, which is the pH range that is most<br />
compatible with swimmers.<br />
The ideal operating range for pH is 7.4-7.6.<br />
Lowered by acids (muriatic, sodium bisulfate, or CO 2<br />
).<br />
Raised by basic materials (sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate).<br />
Key Point: Discuss the factors that affect pH of pool or spa water. These include:<br />
Swimmer waste, disinfectants, source water, air-borne debris<br />
Water balance chemicals, aeration, and evaporation<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of total alkalinity. These include:<br />
Total alkalinity is the measure of the ability of water to resist changes in pH.<br />
The acceptable operating range for total alkalinity is 60-180 mg/L.<br />
The ideal operating range for total alkalinity is 80-120 mg/L.<br />
The measure of total alkalinity (TA) may need adjustment if products with cyanuric acid<br />
(CYA) are used. To adjust alkalinity, use the following formula:|<br />
Adjusted TA = TA - (CYA ÷ 3)<br />
At low total alkalinity level, there may be little or no buffering of water, allowing the pH<br />
levels to fl uctuate drastically.<br />
At high total alkalinity levels, there may be an over-buffering of the water, making it very<br />
diffi cult to make chemical changes in the water.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of calcium hardness. These include:<br />
Calcium is the only mineral desired in water<br />
Calcium hardness may be raised using chemicals (Calcium Chloride) but can only be<br />
lowered by draining or diluting the existing water with water of lesser calcium hardness<br />
levels<br />
The acceptable operating range for calcium hardness is 150-1,000 mg/L<br />
The ideal operating range for calcium hardness is 200-400 mg/L<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of temperature. These include:<br />
Temperature affects the solubility of chemicals. Most chemicals are more soluble as<br />
temperatures rise. Calcium is more soluble as temperatures fall.<br />
Temperature is not normally adjusted when balancing water.<br />
Page 58<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of total dissolved solids (TDS). These include:<br />
TDS is the measure of all minerals dissolved in water. TDS is easier to understand<br />
if it is renamed as “totally dissolved solids”. For example, sugar is a solid before it is<br />
dissolved in water. But once dissolved, it becomes “totally” dissolved and can no longer<br />
be observed in the water. However, if enough sugar is continuously dissolved, the water<br />
becomes saturated and will not dissolve anything else. This is called “old” water.<br />
Generally agreed that TDS should not become higher than 1,500 mg/L above its start up<br />
value.<br />
The only inexpensive way to reduce TDS is by draining or diluting the existing water with<br />
water with a lower TDS level.<br />
TDS levels up to 1,000 mg/L use a saturation index factor of -12.1 when calculating the<br />
Saturation Index. For TDS greater than 1,000 mg/L use -12.2.<br />
Key Points: Discuss that the Langelier saturation index is a method to measure if water is<br />
balanced. Explain that it is not the only method, but that it is the most commonly used method in<br />
the pool industry.<br />
Using the Langelier Saturation Index handout, explain how to use the formula for<br />
calculating saturation index. Explain how to use the charts for converting measured<br />
values for total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and temperature into factors that can be<br />
used in the formula.<br />
Explain that when all the factors are calculated, the following values can be used to<br />
determine if the water is corrosive, scale-forming, or balanced:<br />
The ideal range for balanced water is between -0.3 to +0.3.<br />
Activity: Using the Langelier Saturation Index handout, the Saturation Index Worksheet, and the<br />
Water Quality Guidelines handout, do several saturation index calculations. Provide students with<br />
blank copies of the Saturation Index Worksheet to use for this lesson and to have for the fi nal<br />
exam.<br />
Explain that when making corrections for unbalanced water, follow these rules:<br />
All the values must be in the ideal range. For example, if the pH is 7.9 in the original<br />
calculation, it must be changed to a value between 7.4-7.6 when making corrections to<br />
balance the water.<br />
The SI value must be in the ideal range (-0.3 to +0.3). Even though all the water<br />
balance elements may have values in the ideal range, the SI may not be ideal. If this is<br />
the case, changes should be made to the saturation index values for pH, total alkalinity,<br />
and calcium hardness so that the SI falls within the ideal range.<br />
Key Points: Explain that the difference between the original measured values and the theoretical<br />
values that the participants have used to balance the water is called the adjustment. For example,<br />
if the total alkalinity was 50 mg/L in the original calculation and was changed to 80 mg/L to<br />
balance the water, the adjustment for total alkalinity is 30 mg/L (80 - 50 = 30). To balance this<br />
water in reality, an amount of chemical that will increase the total alkalinity by 30 mg/L will have to<br />
be added to the water. That calculation will be explained later.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the adjustment order. Typically, the alkalinity should be adjusted before pH.<br />
If calcium hardness needs to be lowered, do that before making other adjustments since the water<br />
will need to be changed or diluted.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 59
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 60<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 7 – Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />
Handbook: Pages 69-84<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
Chapter 7 Slides<br />
Calculators<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Chemical Adjustment Worksheet (Appendix N from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Water Chemistry Adjustment Guide handout (Appendix O from<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Several chemical containers<br />
Pool Math Workbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the environmental factors that contribute to pool water quality problems<br />
2. Calculate amount of chemical for product label chemical dosage situations<br />
3. Calculate amount of chemical for product label chemical adjustments<br />
4. Calculate amount of chemical when no product label adjustment information is<br />
provided<br />
5. Perform chemical adjustments for breakpoint chlorination<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
How many different chemicals have you had to use at your facility?<br />
How do you know how much of any given chemical to add at any given time?<br />
Key Points: Explain the factors that make swimming pools part of an open system. Be sure to<br />
include the following:<br />
Effect of air, wind, pollution, sunshine, lawn fertilizers, weed killers and users<br />
Key Points: Discuss the three kinds of chemical adjustments that can be performed. Include the<br />
following:<br />
Product label chemical dosage<br />
mg/L adjustment from information obtained from the product label<br />
mg/L adjustment when information is not available from the product label<br />
Activity: Work the students through an adjustment for each of the three types of chemical<br />
adjustments they might be required to perform. Be sure to use the worksheet shown below.<br />
Provide students with blank copies of the Chemical Adjustment Worksheet to use for this lesson<br />
and to have for the fi nal exam.<br />
Product label chemical dosage example. You have a 375,000 litre hotel pool. You are having<br />
recurring problems with algae blooms and decide to use an algaecide. The label reads: For an<br />
initial application or when pool water is changed, use 1 litre per 95,000 litres of water. How much<br />
do you add?<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 61
PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL DOSAGE<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Gallons<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
375,000 Litres<br />
÷ 95,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
1 Litre<br />
(from product label)<br />
X =<br />
3.95 3.95 Litres<br />
(rounded to 4 litres)<br />
Product label chemical adjustment example. You have a 200,000 litre condominium pool.<br />
There was a pool party on Friday night and the usual weekend bather load. On Sunday morning<br />
you observe the pool water to be cloudy and test a free chlorine level below 1 mg/L. You decide<br />
to treat the pool with 8 mg/L of additional chlorine using calcium hypochlorite. The label states<br />
that 630 grams will raise the chlorine level 10 mg/L in 40,000 litres. How much cal-hypo should be<br />
added?<br />
PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL ADJUSTMENT<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Gallons<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
200,000 Litres<br />
8 mg/L<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
10<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
630 grams<br />
(from product label)<br />
X X 0.8 =<br />
5 2,520 grams<br />
Conversion: 2,520 ÷ 1,000 = 2.5 kilos<br />
No Product label chemical adjustment example. You have a 160,000 litre pool. The free<br />
available chlorine level is 1 mg/L. How much sodium hypochlorite is needed to raise the chlorine<br />
level to 3 mg/L?<br />
Page 62<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
NO PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL ADJUSTMENT<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Gallons<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
160,000 Litres<br />
2 mg/L<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
1<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
330 mL<br />
(from product label)<br />
X X 2 =<br />
4 2,640 mL<br />
Conversion: 2,640 mL ÷ 1,000 = 2.64 litres<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss free chlorine, total chlorine and combined chlorine. Include a<br />
discussion on how to reduce or prevent organic chloramines that includes the options of:<br />
Water replacement, breakpoint chlorination (BPC), ultraviolet (UV)<br />
Ozone, potassium monopersulfate and indoor air handling<br />
Activity: Work the students through breakpoint chlorination chemical adjustment. Use the<br />
following data: 208,000 litre pool with a FC = 1.5 mg/L, a TC of 2.3 mg/L and a pH of 7.4. Facility<br />
uses calcium hypochlorite. Emphasize that the desired changes is a result of CC x 10 minus<br />
existing free chlorine value. (see example on page 75 of the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook).<br />
Use the same Chemical Adjustment Worksheet to perform the breakpoint chlorination calculation.<br />
(There are several more sample calculations in the Pool Math Workbook that may also be used.)<br />
Key Points: Discuss the source of minerals in pool water and their effect on pool water when they<br />
are oxidized. Include:<br />
Source of minerals such as fi ll water, inadvertent additions of lawn and landscaping<br />
chemicals, algicides, and corrosion due to poor pool water chemistry<br />
Cause of green, red, brown or black water and methods of correction<br />
Key Points: Discuss other commonly used chemicals and their possible effect on pool water.<br />
These include:<br />
Algaecides – Used to eliminate algae from pool water. The most common algaecide<br />
compounds include quaternary algaecides, polymeric algaecides, and metallic (copper)<br />
algaecides.<br />
Stain removers – Chelating agents bond the metals into larger compounds that can be<br />
removed through fi ltration. Sequestering agents remove metals by dissolving them into<br />
solution.<br />
Water clarifiers are used to clear cloudy water. Emphasize that this is a temporary<br />
solution to a bigger problem, usually poor fi ltration.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 63
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, be prepared to work additional examples or offer additional help during a break or after<br />
class.<br />
Page 64<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 8 – Chemical Testing<br />
Handbook: Pages 85 - 98<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 8 Slides<br />
Test kits, preferably that can test for free chlorine, total chlorine, pH,<br />
total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and cyanuric acid<br />
Water Testing video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the importance of accurate pool/spa water testing<br />
2. List the results of improper water testing<br />
3. Explain the methods used to test pool/spa water<br />
4. Explain the proper procedure for testing pool/spa water<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why is chemical testing important?<br />
Why is it important to have accurate water testing?<br />
How often should testing be done and why?<br />
What types of testing do you do at your pools?<br />
How is your testing recorded?<br />
Is there a regulatory agency that reviews your testing results?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the importance of accurate testing and consequences of improper testing.<br />
Emphasize that the results of the tests that are taken have a domino effect on everything else<br />
done from that point on with the water chemistry.<br />
Video Demo: Show the Water Testing video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the importance of accurate testing. This includes:<br />
Prevent disease outbreaks by maintaining proper disinfectant and chemical levels<br />
Prevent drowning due to cloudy water<br />
Maintain good water quality<br />
Reduce algae growth<br />
Regulation compliance<br />
Key Points: Discuss the effects of improper testing. These include:<br />
Inaccurate test results<br />
Miscalculation of chemicals needed to correct imbalances<br />
Potential hazards to swimmers<br />
Regulatory agency intervention<br />
False readings due to chemical interferences<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 65
Key Points: Discuss the various methods for testing water. These include:<br />
Colorimetric<br />
Titrimetric<br />
Turbidimetric<br />
Electronic<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of colorimetric testing. These include:<br />
Matches a chemically treated water sample to a comparator<br />
Examples include disinfection and pH tests<br />
Discuss colorimeter (photometer) testing<br />
Discuss dip-and-read test strips – not approved for commercial facilities in all states<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of titrimetric testing. These include:<br />
Explain how a titrant works<br />
Results are determined when a chemically treated water sample changes colors<br />
Examples include total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and disinfection tests<br />
Titrimetric testing is more accurate than colorimetric testing<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of turbidimetric testing. These include:<br />
Defi ne turbidity as “amount of solid particles suspended in water”<br />
Results are determined when the turbidity (cloudiness) of the water changes<br />
Examples include cyanuric acid and water clarity testing<br />
Briefl y discuss Nephelometric testing<br />
Briefl y explain the use of a Secchi disk to determine water clarity<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of electronic testing. These include:<br />
Results are determined by electronic probes<br />
Examples include total dissolved solids (TDS), pH, temperature, and oxidation reduction<br />
potential (ORP)<br />
Electronic testing is the most accurate of all testing methods<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of oxidation reduction potential (ORP) testing. These<br />
include:<br />
ORP is the measure of the oxidizing capacity present in water<br />
ORP is measured in millivolts (mV)<br />
ORP is an indirect method to measure disinfectant levels<br />
ORP probes are the most commonly used as part of automated chemical feed systems because<br />
most disinfectants are oxidizers as well as disinfectant.<br />
Key Points: Discuss proper manual testing techniques. These include:<br />
Test frequently. The more often you test, the quicker you can catch and correct<br />
chemical imbalances.<br />
Select a well-mixed water sample. This will usually be about elbow-depth (at least 45<br />
cm) under the surface and between return inlets. Rinse out the testing container several<br />
times, turn the open end down to create an air lock, and submerge the container to the<br />
proper depth. Turn the container upright to fi ll with water.<br />
Page 66<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Follow the specific instructions. Each kit is different so follow the instructions exactly<br />
as they appear in the kit.<br />
Do not touch chemical reagents. Touching them may start an unintended chemical<br />
reaction which will distort the testing results.<br />
Do not interchange chemical reagents. Even though different kits may use the same<br />
reagents, every kit has specifi c concentrations calibrated specifi cally to their testing<br />
equipment.<br />
Clean and store testing equipment and chemicals properly. Improper storage may<br />
shorten the shelf-life of the chemicals, resulting in distorted results.<br />
Proper sample size. Surface tension and the meniscus.<br />
Proper light. Use northern horizon. NEVER use fl uorescent light. If needed, use a<br />
daylight illuminator.<br />
Key Points: Discuss DPD testing. Be sure to include:<br />
DPD testing for disinfectants, pH, alkalinity, etc.<br />
False DPD Readings and how and why they might occur with DPD testing<br />
FAS DPD testing<br />
Key Points: Discuss other testing concerns. Include:<br />
Cyanuric Acid testing<br />
Testing for phosphates and Nitrates, Salt, Hydrogen Peroxide, Polyhexamethylene<br />
Biquanide (PHMB) and Potassium Monopersulfate<br />
Activity: If class time, suffi cient numbers of test kits, and pool availability permit, have the<br />
participants get into groups of 4-5 people. Give one test kit to each group. Have each person in<br />
the group perform a different test. As an example, have each person in the group perform one of<br />
the following tests: free chlorine, total chlorine, pH, total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and cyanuric<br />
acid. Try not to duplicate tests within each group.<br />
When fi nished, compare the results of each group. If there are inconsistencies in the results,<br />
discuss what might have gone wrong and how this could affect later chemical treatment of the<br />
pool.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 67
Page 68<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 9 – Chemical Feed and Control<br />
Handbook: Pages 99-116<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 9 Slides<br />
Sample chemical feeder pump<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the methods by which chemicals can be added to pool/spa water<br />
2. Explain the difference between the various types of chemical feeders<br />
3. Explain the advantages of automated chemical feeders<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are several ways that chemicals can be added to the pool?<br />
What are the advantages and disadvantages of each?<br />
What are some safety precautions that should be observed when handling chemicals?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of chemical feeders. These include:<br />
Chemical feeders provide effi cient addition of chemicals to water with minimal handling<br />
of the chemicals<br />
Common feeders include erosion (tablets), metering (liquid), or injection (gasses)<br />
Feeders can be manually operated or electronically controlled<br />
Feeders are a must for chemicals added on a daily basis, e.g. chlorines and acids<br />
Key Points: Discuss how to add chemicals to the water. Emphasize that, in most cases,<br />
chemicals should be added in small amounts over a long period of time. Exceptions include<br />
superchlorination and specialty chemicals, such as algaecides. Explain that feeding chemicals in<br />
the pool may be done in several ways. These include:<br />
Mechanical feeders. These include peristaltic, diaphragm, and piston pumps.<br />
Dry chemical feeders. These include erosion feeders and pressure-to-vacuum feeders.<br />
Gas feed systems. These include chlorine gas feeders and CO 2<br />
feeders.<br />
Ozone generators. These include corona discharge and ultraviolet ozonators.<br />
Chlorine generators. These include in-line generators and brine-bank generators.<br />
<strong>Manual</strong>ly. This includes manually over the main drain, manually into a skimmer, and<br />
broadcast directly across the pool<br />
Key Points: Discuss feeder automation. Include a brief discussion of:<br />
Advantages of automated control systems related to proportional feed feature and<br />
remote alarm options<br />
Types of chemical sensors: pH probes, ORP probes and amperometric probes<br />
Probe location and probe cleaning<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 69
Key Point: Discuss the consideration when manually adding chemicals to a pool. Be sure to<br />
include some of the basic rules as indicated. These include but are not limited to:<br />
Proper use of safety equipment as detailed on the MSDS<br />
Guidelines for manual addition by dilution<br />
Guidelines for manual addition by broadcast<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 70<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 10 – Water Circulation<br />
Handbook: Pages 117 - 136<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
45 minutes<br />
PowerPoint Slides: Chapter 10<br />
Materials:<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Calculators<br />
Samples of circulation and fi ltration system components<br />
Samples of fi lter media<br />
Coffee cup, saucer, and spoon<br />
Pump Room Tour video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the components of a circulation system.<br />
2. Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate.<br />
3. List the 5 types of suction entrapment.<br />
4. Explain how to prevent or minimize the potential causes of suction entrapment.<br />
5. Explain how water is regulated within the circulation system.<br />
Video Demo: Show the Pump Room Tour video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the main function of a circulation system?<br />
How does the circulation system accomplish its main purpose?<br />
Activity: Have the participants imagine the human body as a swimming pool. Ask them to name<br />
the important parts of the body. Answers should include the heart, lungs, kidneys, digestive<br />
system, blood vessels, and brain. Have the participants equate the various parts of the human<br />
body with the parts of a pool. These should include:<br />
Heart = pump<br />
Kidneys = fi lters<br />
Lungs and digestive system = chemical feeders<br />
Blood vessels = pipes and valves<br />
Brain = system automation<br />
Remind participants that the body is also capable of heating, cooling, and discharging waste, just<br />
like a pool.<br />
Key Points: Explain that before you can understand water circulation, you must understand the<br />
terminology used to describe functions of circulation. These include:<br />
Turnover rate is the time it takes for the circulation system to move the number of<br />
gallons equal to the volume of water in the pool through the fi ltration equipment. It<br />
is measured in hours. Most standards recognize the following turnover rates as the<br />
maximum time it should take for one turnover:<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 71
Swimming pools = 6 hours<br />
Spas = 30 minutes<br />
Wading pools = 1 to 2 hours<br />
Waterparks/specialty pools = 1 to 2 hours<br />
Hospital/health club pools = 3 hours<br />
Flow rate is the amount of water passing through the circulation system at a given time.<br />
It is measured in litres per minute (lpm) or cubic metres per hour (m 3 /h).<br />
Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, do several turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />
calculations. Have the students practice using the following two formulas:<br />
1. Turnover rate (hr) = volume ÷ fl ow rate ÷ 60 min/hour<br />
2. Flow Rate (lpm) = volume ÷ turnover rate ÷ 60 min/hour<br />
Using the following values, what is the turnover rate?<br />
Volume = 756,000 litres, fl ow rate = 1,750 lpm<br />
What should the fl ow rate be to attain a 6 hour turnover rate?<br />
Key Points: Discuss that circulation is the movement of water and is infl uenced by many factors.<br />
These include:<br />
Pool shape and contour<br />
Surface and main drain water removal<br />
Inlet placement and design<br />
Circulation pumps<br />
Piping and fi ttings<br />
Other system components such as heating systems and chemical feeders<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various components of a circulation system. These include:<br />
Main drains<br />
Drain covers<br />
Skimmers or overfl ow gutters<br />
Hair and lint strainer<br />
Pump and motor<br />
Filters<br />
Heaters<br />
Chemical feeders<br />
Gauges and meters<br />
Valves, piping and return inlets<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of suction-side components. These include:<br />
Main drains (located on the pool fl oor) and skimmers or overflow gutters (located on<br />
the surface) are designed to pull water into the circulation system.<br />
Each component should be designed to accommodate 100% of the fl ow required to<br />
meet the turnover standards.<br />
Because of the possibility of suction entrapment, pools and spas should not be open<br />
if drain covers are missing or damaged. Many regulations require multiple main drains<br />
and skimmers<br />
Page 72<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of surge/balancing tanks. These include:<br />
Surge/balancing tanks function to accommodate overfl ow water in a system that uses<br />
overfl ow gutters. Since the water levels in these pools comes completely to the top,<br />
when water is displaced, it has no where to go. These tanks hold the overfl ow water<br />
until the system can allow it to return to the pool.<br />
Activity: Show the participants a coffee cup and saucer. Fill the cup with water up to the top<br />
without letting it overfl ow. Drop several marbles into the cup and observe the displacement of<br />
water over the sides of the cup and into the saucer. Now carefully remove the marbles from the<br />
water with a spoon or fork. Notice that the water level in the cup is lower than the original level.<br />
Now carefully take the saucer and pour the water back into the cup. The water should be back to<br />
its original level.<br />
The cup represents the pool. The saucer represents a surge or balancing take. In a pool, when<br />
water is displaced, it is stored in a tank, much like the water in the saucer. When the pool is once<br />
again inactive, mechanisms in the circulation system allow the pool water to return back to the<br />
original level, just like the coffee cup after the water had been replaced.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of a hair and lint strainer. These include:<br />
Hair and lint strainers screen the pump from large debris that could damage the<br />
impeller.<br />
Hair and lint strainers should be checked regularly. Failing to check them regularly<br />
could prevent suffi cient water fl ow through the pump, causing reduced circulation,<br />
overheating, and damage.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of a circulation pump and motor. These include:<br />
The pump and motor provide force that circulates water throughout the system. It is<br />
measured in litres per minute (lpm).<br />
The most important part of the pump is the impeller, which creates the suction and<br />
pressure to move the water. The impeller is to the circulation system what the heart is to<br />
the human body.<br />
The placement of the pump and motor in relation to the fi lters determines the type of<br />
circulation system the pool uses. If the pump is located before the filter(s), the system<br />
is a pressure system. If the pump is located after the fi lter(s), the system is a vacuum<br />
system.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of meters and gauges. These include:<br />
Meters and gauges are designed to monitor system performance<br />
They are used to indicate suction (vacuum), pressure, water fl ow (fl ow meters),<br />
temperature, chemical levels, and water levels<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of valves. These include:<br />
Valves regulate the fl ow of water through the circulation system<br />
Types of valves include gate valves, ball valves, butterfl y, and multi-port valves<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 73
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of piping. These include:<br />
Piping allows water to fl ow throughout the circulation system, much like veins and<br />
arteries allow blood to fl ow through our bodies<br />
PVC is the most common material used for piping, although other substances, such as<br />
copper, are occasionally used as well<br />
Many regulations dictate the maximum speed that water can fl ow through pipes<br />
Use of fl ow meters to determine the gallons per minute through the system<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of return inlets. These include:<br />
Return inlets control the water returning to the pool.<br />
They should be placed throughout the pool to provide complete circulation of pool water.<br />
Circulation patterns can be tested by manually feeling that the return inlets are<br />
operational. Another option is to use a special dye, such as Crystal Violet.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />
Page 74<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 11 – Pool & Spa Filtration<br />
Handbook: Pages 137 - 150<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
Chapter 11 Slides<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the factors that infl uence water clarity<br />
2. Explain how pool/spa water is fi ltered<br />
3. Differentiate between the three most popular fi lter media<br />
4. Compare the fl ow rate of the various types of fi lter media<br />
5. Given the appropriate values, calculate the fl ow rate for a given pool/spa<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the oldest type of fi lter media?<br />
What type of fi lter media is used at your facility?<br />
What was the purpose of circulation system of a pool?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the role of the physical property of fi lter media and the factors to consider<br />
when selecting the type of media to be used. Include information on:<br />
Space requirements, maintenance and budget<br />
Types of sand fi lters, cartridge fi lters and diatomaceous earth (DE) fi lters<br />
Key Points: Discuss water clarity and how it is measured. Include<br />
How to turbidity can be measured<br />
The minimum acceptable turbidity level<br />
Key Points: Explain that before you can understand fi ltration, you must understand the<br />
terminology used to describe functions of fi ltration. This includes:<br />
Filtration is the mechanical process of removing insoluble matter from water.<br />
Filter media is the substance that entraps particles as water passes through it.<br />
Common pool fi lter media includes sand, diatomaceous earth (D.E.), zeolite, and<br />
cartridge.<br />
Filter surface area is the amount of filter media that will fi lter water. Filter surface area<br />
is measured in square feet.<br />
Filtering Rate is the rate that water will pass through fi lter media. It is measured in<br />
cubic meters per meter squared per hour (m 3 /m 2 /hr) of fi lter surface area.<br />
Backwash is the process of cleaning sand, diatomaceous earth (D.E.), and zeolite fi lter<br />
systems. Cartridge fi lters must be cleaned differently.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 75
Key Points: Discuss the relationship between filter area, fl ow rate and fi lter media rate.<br />
Filter Area = FR ÷ FMR<br />
FMR = FR ÷ FA<br />
FR = FA x FMR<br />
Activity: Have the students complete two or three problems and explain how the information can<br />
be used by a facility operator.<br />
Key Points: Explain that there are several different types of filtration systems used today. These<br />
include:<br />
High-rate sand<br />
Diatomaceous earth (D.E.)<br />
Cartridge<br />
Zeolite as a media replacement for sand fi lters<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of high-rate sand fi lters. These include:<br />
High-rate sand fi lters can be part of a pressure system or a vacuum system<br />
The fi ltering rate for high-rate sand fi lters is 31-50 m 3 /m 2 /hr.<br />
Backwashing is the method used to clean high-rate sand fi lters<br />
Explain that Zeolite is being used as a media replacement for sand fi lters<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of diatomaceous earth (D.E.) fi lters. These include:<br />
D.E. is a powder that, when introduced into a D.E. fi ltration system, coats screens<br />
designed to support D.E. Multiple screens are suspended within a tank.<br />
D.E. fi lters can be part of a pressure system or a vacuum system.<br />
They are effective for particles larger than 1-2 microns, making it one of the most<br />
effective fi ltration systems.<br />
The fi ltering rate for D.E. fi lters is 81-102 lpm/m 2 .<br />
Explain the concept of a slurry D.E. fi lter system.<br />
Backwashing is the method used to clean D.E. fi lters. However, care needs to be taken<br />
when disposing of old D.E. Many regulations require use of a separation tank, which<br />
collects the D.E. for disposal.<br />
It is recommended that a dust mask, gloves, and eye protection be used whenever<br />
handling D.E.<br />
Include a brief discuss of regenerative D.E. fi lters.<br />
Briefl y discuss optional materials that can substitute for D.E.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of cartridge fi lters. These include:<br />
Pleated cartridge paper provides fi ltration. This is similar to the type of paper used in<br />
air fi lters, gas fi lters, and oil fi lters. Even many coffee makers use a low-grade cartridge<br />
paper.<br />
Cartridge fi lters are always pressure systems.<br />
Cartridge fi lters cannot be cleaned by backwashing.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />
Page 76<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Homework Assignment: Provide the students with a copy of the problems to do as homework to<br />
reinforce concepts presented during fi rst day. Homework can be the set of problems provided in<br />
the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> or can be taken from the Pool Math Workbook.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 77
Page 78<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 12 – Heating and Air Circulation<br />
Handbook: Pages 151-160<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 12 Slides<br />
Coffee cup fi lled with hot fl uid (coffee, hot water, etc.)<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Calculators<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the type of energy loss<br />
2. Explain the loss associated with each energy loss type<br />
3. Explain the methods available to prevent heat loss<br />
4. List the factors to consider when designing a pool/spa air circulation system<br />
5. List the operational consideration that can improve pool/spa air circulation<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are several ways energy (heat) can be lost from water?<br />
What are several methods that energy loss can be prevented?<br />
What is the relationship between water circulation and air circulation?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the types of energy loss that can occur in pool water. These include:<br />
Evaporation, which is the loss of energy through water vapor<br />
Radiation, which is the natural loss of energy as heat moves towards cold<br />
Convection, which is the forced loss of energy<br />
Conduction, which is the energy loss through structures<br />
Activity: Fill a coffee cup with hot (near boiling) water or coffee. Participants should be able to<br />
see steam coming from the top of the cup. Place a hand a few inches above the cup. Explain that<br />
the heat that is felt is from radiation. Blow over the surface of the fl uid, as you would when you<br />
try to cool a hot drink. Explain that this heat loss is from convection. Place both hands around the<br />
cup and feel the heat being emitted from the cup. Explain that this heat loss is through conduction.<br />
And lastly, set the cup on a table. Explain that eventually all the water will evaporate, taking with it<br />
the heat that is in the water. This heat loss is evaporation.<br />
Key Points: Discuss what can be done to minimize heat losses.<br />
Shelters and covers<br />
Indoor pools; humidity control and air temperature<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of heaters. These include:<br />
Heaters provide consistent water temperatures<br />
Heating sources may be electric, air heat pumps, natural gas, propane, solar, or<br />
geothermal<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 79
Briefl y discuss the three advantages heat pumps with scroll compressors<br />
Defi ne coeffi cient of performance<br />
Activity: Using Appendix J - Calculation Formulas, do several heater sizing calculations.<br />
Key Points: Discuss ways to prevent energy loss. These include:<br />
In outdoor pools, shelters such as trees, fences, plants, etc. help reduce convection and<br />
evaporation energy loss due to wind.<br />
In indoor pools, control air-to-water temperature differences. To keep heat in the water,<br />
the air temperature should be between 1°-2.5°C warmer than the water.<br />
In indoor pools, control relative humidity. Relative humidity should be maintained<br />
between 40% to 60%.<br />
Covers reduce the loss of energy due to convection, radiation, and evaporation by about<br />
50% to 70%.<br />
Key Points: Explain that, for indoor pools, proper air circulation is as important as proper water<br />
circulation. For example, during breakpoint chlorination, waste and by-product gasses evaporate<br />
into the air directly above the water. If poor air circulation does not remove these gasses, they will<br />
dissolve back into the pool water, drastically increasing the combined chlorine levels of the water<br />
and making the breakpoint chlorination process useless.<br />
Discuss the considerations for designing proper air circulation. These include:<br />
Humidity control.<br />
Ventilation requirements for air quality (outdoor and exhaust air). Be sure to follow the<br />
ASHRAE requirement of 2.4 litres per second per square metre of pool and deck area<br />
Air distribution.<br />
Air duct design.<br />
Evaporation rates.<br />
Pool water chemistry.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the operation recommendations for air control systems. These include:<br />
Maintain relative humidity between 40%-60%. Less than 40% makes the air too dry<br />
and increases evaporation. More than 60% encourages condensation and corrosion<br />
problems.<br />
Maintain the air temperature between 1°-2.5°C greater than the water temperature.<br />
Air velocity should not exceed 0.13 metres/second a point 2.4 metres above the walking<br />
deck. Any faster creates a “breeze” that may cause discomfort to swimmers. Any slower<br />
will not be suffi cient to remove waste and by-product gasses.<br />
Since re-circulated air contains waste and by-product gasses, suffi cient outdoor air must<br />
be mixed with the indoor air to keep it fresh. Most recommendations suggest at least<br />
a 50% mix of fresh air and recirculated air. When outside temperatures allow, 100%<br />
outside air is preferred.<br />
The entire volume of air should recirculate four to six times an hour.<br />
Recommend that students enroll in and take the Indoor Air Quality online course from<br />
NSPF.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 80<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 13 – Spa and Therapy Operations<br />
Handbook: Pages 161-172<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
Chapter 13 Slides<br />
Spas video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
List the benefi ts associated with hot water pools/spas<br />
List the patron safety risks commonly associated with poorly managed spas<br />
List fi ve operational considerations specifi cally associated with hot water spas<br />
Explain why pool water chemistry is more of a concern in warm water facilities<br />
List fi ve guidelines for safe patron use of spas and hot water pools<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are the benefi ts of a spa or therapy pool?<br />
If any of you operate both a pool and a spa, which requires most of your time?<br />
Are there any special things that you do differently with your spa that you do not<br />
normally do with your pool?<br />
What operational differences are there between a pool and a spa?<br />
From a safety aspect, is a spa more dangerous than a pool?<br />
Video Demo: Show the Spas video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Key Points:<br />
Discuss that spas and hot water therapy pools have been around for over 2,000 years<br />
and that the use of spas and therapy pools is one of the fastest growing areas in the<br />
aquatics industry.<br />
Explain that while there are numerous benefi ts, both mentally and physically, a casual<br />
attitude regarding the care and maintenance of spas and therapy pools can get a spa<br />
operator into trouble.<br />
Explain that hot water pools and spas create a whole new set of problems that a pool<br />
does not have and a thorough understanding of these differences can be the difference<br />
between a safe environment and one that can be extremely hazardous to the health and<br />
well being of users.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the health benefi ts of hot water. These include:<br />
Relieves stress<br />
Relieves muscular and joint pain and discomfort<br />
Allows relaxed movement of joints and muscles affected by disease or injury<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 81
Key Points: Discuss the safety concerns regarding spas and therapy pools. These include:<br />
Body, limb, and hair entrapment and evisceration. Because the circulation systems<br />
often move water much faster than regular pools, entrapment is an ongoing issue,<br />
especially with older systems that have not converted to the more recent standards for<br />
entrapment. Also, because the vessels are much shallower than regular pools, people<br />
have much more inadvertent exposure to main drains and skimmers, again creating the<br />
opportunity for entrapment (VGB Act).<br />
Hyperthermia. Hyperthermia is the overheating of the body. Mild hyperthermia can<br />
lead to cramps and a feeling of exhaustion while more extreme overheating can lead<br />
to heat stroke and death. Explain that, with suffi cient exposure, hot water will raise the<br />
core body temperature. The hotter the water, the higher the body temperature goes.<br />
This creates a number of problems including quicker absorption of drugs and alcohol,<br />
compounding the effect of the substance, and generally raising the body temperature to<br />
dangerous health levels. For example, think about how sick one feels when they have a<br />
body temperature of 37.8°C plus. Now image being in a spa where the water is trying to<br />
raise the body temperature to 40°C. If the water is successful, the individual may die.<br />
Disease control. Hot water provides a more conducive environment for the growth of<br />
microbiological organisms, some of them quite hazardous to human health. To control<br />
the growth of these organisms, ensure proper disinfection levels at all times. A unique<br />
aspect of spas is that aerosol droplets from spas can carry legionella bacteria, which<br />
people can inhale into their lungs. The result can be pneumonia due to Legionnaires<br />
Disease or Pontiac Fever.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the operational considerations for a spa or therapy pool. These include:<br />
High bather demand. Explain that 6 people in a 4,540 litre spa is equivalent to 275<br />
people in a 200,000-litre swimming pool. This comparison emphasizes the dramatic<br />
effect that bather load and water volume have on spas and therapy pools and<br />
emphasizes the strict care and maintenance needed to maintain these entities.<br />
Water chemistry. The higher the water temperature, the more of a chemical demand<br />
there is on the water. Spas and therapy pools generally use considerably more<br />
chemicals and have more fl uctuations in water chemistry then pools. This requires much<br />
more monitoring by the pool operator.<br />
Rapid turnover requirements. Since most standards and regulations require turnovers<br />
between 3-4 hours for therapy pools and 30 minutes for spas, the water is circulating<br />
at a very fast rate, faster than a much larger pool. The result is often having circulation<br />
and fi ltration systems that have greater capacities and have more powerful equipment<br />
than regular pools. Additionally, circulation systems should run 24 hours continuously.<br />
Stopping the system reduces its ability to fi lter and chemically treat the water.<br />
High water temperature. Because water temperatures are generally between 28°-<br />
33°C for a therapy pool and as high as 40°C for a spa, it provides a more suitable<br />
environment for harmful microbiological life to fl ourish. Diseases not normally found in<br />
pools become a concern in hot water entities.<br />
Health and safety requirements. Spas and therapy pools have the potential to be<br />
considerably harmful to human health and safety. Because of this, many standards<br />
and regulations have been developed to safeguard these hazards. For example, antientrapment<br />
drains are required because of the potential for suction entrapment. Timers<br />
and shut-off switches are available because of the effect that hot water can have on the<br />
human body.<br />
Page 82<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Key Points: Discuss water chemistry concerns for a spa or therapy pool. Emphasize that to<br />
maintain proper water chemistry, circulation systems must operate 24 hours continuously. These<br />
include:<br />
Maintaining proper water balance. Hot water tends to play havoc with chemical levels.<br />
As these levels fl uctuate, water frequently becomes unbalanced, making the water<br />
conditions not only bad for the pool, but also bad for bathers.<br />
Maintaining proper disinfectant levels. Because of the increased potential for<br />
hazardous biological contamination, many regulations and standards allow for higher<br />
disinfectant levels than in a pool. Chlorine levels as high as 10.0 mg/L are commonly<br />
allowed.<br />
Monitoring TDS levels. In the previous example where 6 people in a spa equaled 275<br />
people in a pool, one can imagine how that affects the amount of chemicals that have<br />
to be added to maintain proper water chemistry. Added to that, the bathers themselves<br />
tend to excrete more bodily fl uids. All of this just adds to the TDS levels, requiring more<br />
frequent draining and refi lling of the therapy pools and spas.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the areas where codes and standards apply to spas and therapy pools.<br />
These include:<br />
Bather load restrictions. Many regulatory agencies set limits for how many people that<br />
can be in a hot water vessel at a given time. This has traditionally been one bather for<br />
every 3 square metres of surface area.<br />
Water chemistry. As was mentioned previously, hot water creates numerous water<br />
chemistry concerns. Often regulations require higher levels of disinfectant and more<br />
frequent monitoring of those levels. Because of the frequent fl uctuation of other<br />
chemical levels, it is often more diffi cult to maintain consistent water balance.<br />
Circulation requirements. Because of the operational concerns mentioned earlier,<br />
many regulatory agencies and standards call for much faster turnover rates than pools.<br />
For example, therapy pools generally have a 3-4 hour turnover rate while spas have a<br />
30-minute turnover rate. In addition, regulations require fl ow to not exceed the specifi ed<br />
limits for drain covers to prevent entrapment.<br />
Temperature. While temperatures for therapy pools are generally based more on<br />
comfort than regulation, spas have a 40°C temperature maximum.<br />
Health and safety. In many cases, other standards and regulations are in place to<br />
safeguard health and safety. Some include circulation system requirements such as<br />
anti-vortex drains, timers that shut off hydrotherapy pumps (making it necessary to leave<br />
the spa to turn the system back on) and special signage that restricts usage.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the types of people who might be at risk using hot water pools and spas.<br />
These include:<br />
Pregnant women<br />
Elderly<br />
Children<br />
Individuals with heart disease<br />
Individuals with high blood pressure<br />
Individuals under the infl uence of drugs or alcohol<br />
Users of prescription medication<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 83
Key Points: Discuss the guidelines for the safe use of spas and hot water pools. These include:<br />
Do not use a hot water pool/spa if any equipment is malfunctioning or broken<br />
Pregnant women, elderly people, and persons suffering from heart disease, diabetes, or<br />
high blood pressure should not use a hot water pool/spa without the written permission<br />
of their doctor<br />
Do not use a hot water pool/spa if under the infl uence of alcohol, tranquilizers, or other<br />
drugs that cause drowsiness or cause blood pressure to raise or lower<br />
Do not use a hot water pool/spa with a temperature greater than 40°C<br />
Do not use a hot water pool/spa alone<br />
Do not allow unsupervised children to use a hot water pool/spa<br />
Observe reasonable time limits (10-15) minutes<br />
Long exposure may result in nausea, dizziness, or fainting<br />
Enter and exit slowly<br />
Key Points: Discuss the spa water replacement guidelines. These include:<br />
When TDS exceeds 1,500 mg/L above starting value<br />
Use following formula: Spa Volume ÷ (3 x 3.78) ÷ users per day<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class<br />
Page 84<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 14 – Facility Safety<br />
Handbook: Pages 173 - 196<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
Chapter 14 Slides<br />
Appendix C-1 (in Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Pool & Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form handout<br />
(Appendix W from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Chemical Storage video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the safety features needed to prevent unauthorized access to an aquatic facility<br />
2. List the factors to consider to enhance safety around the pool/spa water<br />
3. Explain how an operator can enhance a patron’s safety while in the water<br />
4. List the recommended procedures to follow when handling and storing chemicals<br />
5. Explain how a complete emergency action plan can increase a pool’s effectiveness in<br />
the event of an emergency<br />
6. Demonstrate how to conduct an inspection to determine compliance with VGB Act<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
How important is safety to an aquatic facility?<br />
What can happen if our facility is not safe?<br />
What are some ways we can make our facilities safer?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of preventing uninvited people from gaining easy access<br />
to an aquatic facility. Explain that, in legal terms, aquatic facilities are considered “attractive<br />
nuisances”, meaning that they actually attract “trouble”. Therefore, pool operators should help<br />
prevent access to their aquatic facility through a variety of means. These include:<br />
Training. Staff training is one of the fi rst lines to improved safety.<br />
Barriers. Barriers, such as fences and gates, are only a deterrent, and are not a<br />
guarantee of “no access”. However, properly functioning barriers will prevent casual<br />
entry into your facility.<br />
Safety covers. These prevent accidental entry into the water.<br />
Alarms. These indicate if unauthorized entry has occurred.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of safety around the water. Explain that inspections<br />
should be conducted regularly to ensure that each safety consideration is in full working order.<br />
These include:<br />
Minimize obstructions and hazards<br />
Maintain clear and visible signage<br />
Provide adequate electrical protection, including GFCIs and proper bonding and<br />
grounding<br />
Maintain proper pool markings, including “no diving” and complete (numbers with units<br />
of measure) depth markings<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 85
Have adequate safety equipment accessible<br />
Have an emergency phone readily available<br />
Provide adequate lighting<br />
Provide fi re extinguishers in chemical storage areas<br />
Maintain good water clarity<br />
Key Points: Discuss patron safety as part of overall facility safety. Include a brief discussion of<br />
the following:<br />
Appropriate signage<br />
Orientation to facility for new users<br />
Learn to swim program for children and adults<br />
Adequate and properly trained lifeguards<br />
Key Points: Discuss HR6-303 to 309 Title XIV-Pool and Spa Safety (Virginia Graeme Baker Pool<br />
and Spa Safety Act).(Note: This may be substituted by your countries requirements for drain<br />
covers)<br />
Complete free P&SS Act online course<br />
Be knowledgeable about the fi ve methods of suction entrapment<br />
Explain the requirements of the act<br />
Discuss the ways to minimize the fi ve types of entrapment<br />
Discuss what an approved drain cover is<br />
Discuss Total Dynamic Head (TDH) and how it is calculated<br />
Discuss how TDH is used to determine fl ow rate<br />
Discuss P&SS Act check list in Appendix W<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of safety in the water. Explain that safety in the water is<br />
everyone’s responsibility. These include:<br />
Enforce safety practices and rules.<br />
Educate the public.<br />
Provide adequate supervision.<br />
Properly train staff in emergency procedures.<br />
Post emergency procedures and phone numbers.<br />
Conduct frequent safety inspections and drills.<br />
Video Demo: Show the Chemical Storage video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the safety considerations when handling and storing chemicals. These<br />
include:<br />
ALWAYS follow directions.<br />
ALWAYS have available and be familiar with the Material Safety Data Sheets<br />
(MSDS) for each chemical that is used. These will be invaluable should an accident or<br />
spill occur.<br />
ALWAYS protect skin and eyes. Use protective equipment such as safety goggles<br />
and rubber gloves.<br />
ALWAYS add chemicals to water. The chemical concentration starts in a very<br />
diluted state and builds concentration as more chemical is added. Never add water<br />
to chemicals. The chemical starts at a very concentrated state, which may create a<br />
dangerous condition, such as gas release.<br />
Page 86<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
NEVER mix chemicals or interchange scoops or dippers. Cross-contamination<br />
with incompatible chemicals may create a dangerous chemical reaction. For example,<br />
chlorine combined with acid creates a toxic gas.<br />
ALWAYS store chemicals properly and seal containers tightly. Whenever possible,<br />
keep chemicals in their original containers. Regardless of how well you may think<br />
you have cleaned a container, it may still contain enough residue to start an adverse<br />
chemical reaction with the new chemical you are putting into that container.<br />
ALWAYS discard unused chemicals and empty containers in a manner consistent<br />
with local and state regulations.<br />
NEVER allow untrained people to handle chemicals. They are a danger to<br />
themselves and others.<br />
Key Points: Discuss procedures that may be benefi cial in the event of an emergency. These<br />
include:<br />
Establish and practice emergency procedures.<br />
Have a well developed link to the Emergency Medical Services (EMS) system. Be sure<br />
everyone knows the way to contact EMS, whether using 911 or another emergency<br />
phone number.<br />
Train all staff in CPR and fi rst aid.<br />
Develop thorough documentation.<br />
Key Points: Discuss indoor air quality, electrical safety, and sun exposure These include:<br />
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 and ASHRAE Standard 55-1992<br />
<strong>National</strong> Electric Code (NEC 70), Article 680<br />
Discuss primary factors of Lock Out/Tag Out<br />
Danger of excessive exposure to UV A & B and protection methods<br />
Key Points: Refer the student to the following NSPF training materials. These include the<br />
following modules:<br />
Hazard Communication<br />
Chemical Safety<br />
Electrical Safety Practices<br />
Aquatic Risk Management<br />
Personal Protection Equipment<br />
Bloodborne Pathogen<br />
Emergency Response Planning<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 87
Page 88<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 15 – Keeping Records<br />
Handbook: Pages 197 - 204<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 15 Slides<br />
Appendices A-1 through A-9 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain why record-keeping is important<br />
2. List the types of records that should be kept<br />
3. Explain how an operator should determine the length of time records should be kept<br />
4. Explain how proper record keeping helps an operator be more effi cient<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why is keeping records important?<br />
What types of records are important to keep?<br />
How long should records be kept?<br />
Key Points: Explain that keeping records is an essential responsibility of every pool operator.<br />
Discuss the aspects where good record keeping helps in pool operations. These include:<br />
Facility management<br />
Facility operations<br />
Facility maintenance<br />
Facility budgeting<br />
Safety considerations<br />
Legal requirements<br />
Reduces liability - A facility with good documentation is very defendable in court<br />
Key Points: Briefl y explain the purpose of the various types of records that are needed for the<br />
management and operation of an aquatic facility. These include:<br />
Supervisor Reports<br />
Incident Report<br />
Staff Records<br />
Maintenance Records<br />
Training Records<br />
Water Chemistry Records.<br />
Bather Load Logs<br />
Daily/Weekly/Monthly Inspection Records<br />
Legally required documentation. This includes any documentation that may be required<br />
by regulations or laws, including MSDS, safety plans.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 89
Key Points: Briefl y explain that conducting facility audits is a good risk management practice.<br />
Recommend the Aquatic Facility Audits training course.<br />
Activity: Using the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, have participants refer to Appendices A-1<br />
through A-9. Discuss the forms and how each is important to the operation of an aquatic facility.<br />
Key Point: Briefl y explain the purpose of having complete manufacturer’s Equipment <strong>Manual</strong>s.<br />
These include:<br />
Used to develop routine and preventative maintenance schedules.<br />
Key Point: Describe the purpose of the proper development of an Emergency Response Plan.<br />
Include the following consideration factors:<br />
Types of emergencies<br />
Layout of facility<br />
Equipment availability<br />
Communication plan for EMS<br />
Emergency response change of command<br />
Role and responsibilities of staff<br />
After action report and debriefi ng<br />
Activity: Have the students refer to appropriate appendices located in the back of the Pool & Spa<br />
Operator Handbook. Review sample reports forms that are available.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 90<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 16 – Maintenance Systems<br />
Handbook: Pages 205-214<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
15 minutes<br />
Chapter 16 Slides<br />
Samples of damaged equipment (if available)<br />
Appendix A-1, A-3, A-5, A-6, & A-7 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the primary purposes of a maintenance plan<br />
2. List the factors that should be considered when developing a maintenance plan<br />
3. List the documents that are used in developing a maintenance plan<br />
4. List the components of a seasonal maintenance plan<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
How do you handle ongoing maintenance?<br />
Is your organization reactive or proactive towards maintenance?<br />
What is your biggest maintenance nightmare?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the primary purpose of a maintenance plan. This includes:<br />
Preventing breakdowns. Obviously, the goal is to never have a breakdown. While this<br />
may seem impossible, it is still a good goal to strive for.<br />
Identifying the cause(s) of the problems. Once there is a breakdown, the fi rst step is<br />
to identify the cause so corrective measures can be taken.<br />
Establishing corrective measures or procedures. Corrective measures include<br />
inspection, servicing and, if necessary, component replacement.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the factors that must be considered when establishing a maintenance plan.<br />
These include:<br />
Design and type of facility<br />
Number and age of the pools<br />
Length of operating season<br />
Size and capabilities of staff<br />
Need to generate revenue<br />
Mission of the sponsoring agency<br />
Key Points: Discuss the types of documentation that are useful in developing a maintenance<br />
plan. These include:<br />
Facility blueprints<br />
Equipment data sheets<br />
Operations manuals<br />
Daily records<br />
Maintenance records<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 91
Tagging and labeling<br />
Applicable regulations<br />
Activity: Show the class samples of equipment that has been damaged because of poor<br />
maintenance practices. Discuss ways that the damage may have been prevented. Discuss other<br />
examples of equipment that have been damaged and how damage could have been prevented.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the categories of a maintenance plan. These include:<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Preventative maintenance<br />
Seasonal maintenance<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of routine maintenance. Explain that routine<br />
maintenance is done on an on-going basis. These include:<br />
Safety inspections<br />
Daily opening and closing procedures (Appendix A-1)<br />
Daily cleaning<br />
Water testing<br />
Adding chemicals<br />
Checking equipment readings<br />
Key Points: Refer to Appendix A-7 for a sample checklist. Discuss the various aspects of<br />
preventative maintenance. Explain that preventative maintenance is done on a periodic basis.<br />
These include:<br />
Cleaning fi lters<br />
Periodic maintenance or replacement of equipment<br />
Resurfacing or painting of the pool shell<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of seasonal maintenance. Explain that seasonal<br />
maintenance is sometimes called “winterization”. Discuss the role of pool covers as they relate to<br />
seasonal maintenance. These include:<br />
Seasonal opening and closing procedures (Appendices A-5 & A-6)<br />
Preventing damage caused by hydrostatic pressure.<br />
Preventing rust and deterioration.<br />
Preventing or minimizing hazards.<br />
Minimizing vandalism.<br />
Disassembling and storing equipment.<br />
Protecting exposed equipment. This includes winterizing pipes, fi lters, and other<br />
equipment that cannot be disassembled and stored.<br />
Inventorying and storing other items. This includes items such as furniture, safety<br />
equipment, and offi ce items.<br />
Developing a system of shutdown. This includes how often the pool is to be checked,<br />
the pumps run, and chemicals added.<br />
Discuss considerations for spring start-up.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 92<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 17 – Troubleshooting<br />
Handbook: Pages 215-224<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 17 Slides<br />
Appendix A-9 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the characteristics of a failing water circulation pump<br />
2. Explain how to conduct a ‘bucket test’<br />
3. List four characteristics of a problem with a pool/spa heater<br />
4. List the characteristics of a fi lter system that is not operating within manufacturer’s<br />
parameters<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
How can Appendix A-9 assist an operator relative to troubleshooting?<br />
What are example signs of when pumps and motors are about to fail?<br />
If you see bubbles in the return fl ow to the pool, what would that indicate?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the importance of maintaining the pump or motor of a pool and how to<br />
identify and correct problems. All electrical work needs to be conducted by qualifi ed individuals.<br />
Problems with pumps and motors include:<br />
Motor fails to start<br />
Motor is overheating<br />
Motor is noisy<br />
Bubbles in the return fl ow<br />
No line pressure<br />
Pump fails to prime<br />
Key Points: Discuss what is considered normal water loss from a pool versus excessive amounts<br />
of water loss and how to make the determination. To determine if there is a leak, perform the<br />
“bucket test.”<br />
Key Points: Explain that troubleshooting gas-fi red heaters must only be performed by qualifi ed<br />
personnel. Problems may include:<br />
Heater will not ignite<br />
Pilot light problems<br />
Water temperature too low<br />
The heater is leaking water<br />
Black or dark heater exhaust<br />
Excessive heat damage<br />
Copper or iron stains in the pool<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 93
Key Points: For troubleshooting fi lters, refer students to pages the Troubleshooting chapter in the<br />
Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Select sample problems from each fi lter type and have student<br />
fi nd cause and possible solution. Provide suffi cient examples for the student to become familiar<br />
with content of each sheet and how the information could be useful.<br />
Troubleshooting:<br />
Pressure sand fi lters<br />
Pressure cartridge fi lters<br />
Pressure D.E. fi lters<br />
Vacuum D.E. fi lters<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 94<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 18 – Facility Renovation & Design<br />
Handbook: Pages 225-215<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 18 Slides<br />
Appendix C-2 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List fi ve reasons for considering renovating an aquatic facility<br />
2. List the individuals who should be part of renovation planning team<br />
3. List the qualifi cations to consider when selecting outside professional help during<br />
renovation considerations<br />
4. List the changes to the 2010 American with Disabilities Act (refer to your country<br />
requirements)<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Has anyone ever undertaken a renovation of their aquatic facility?<br />
What do you consider the fi rst step in any facility renovation?<br />
What would be involved with planning a renovation?<br />
Does the average pool operator have the expertise to design, plan, and complete a<br />
renovation?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the reasons why renovation/modernization of an aquatic facility may be<br />
necessary. These include:<br />
Install features desirable to customers or new programs<br />
Eliminate dangerous conditions<br />
Improve water quality<br />
Eliminate excessive water loss<br />
Increase space available for storage and programming<br />
Meet new codes or standards<br />
Replace equipment<br />
Correct surface or structural problems<br />
Eliminate high cost maintenance<br />
Reduce energy cost<br />
Comply with ADA requirements<br />
Key Points: Explain that every renovation or new facility project requires a full understanding of<br />
many aspects of pools. Discuss what each of the following might entail.<br />
Design<br />
Materials<br />
Equipment<br />
Construction<br />
Regulatory requirements<br />
Program needs<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 95
Safety considerations<br />
Key Points: Discuss that when considering renovations, pool operators should develop a plan<br />
that will ensure satisfactory completion of desired renovations. The parts of this plan include:<br />
Soliciting professional help to organize the best way to meet the needs of the facility.<br />
Developing a schedule for completion of the renovation.<br />
Developing a plan for fi nancing the renovation.<br />
Key Points: Explain that since most pool operators lack the technical expertise in many of these<br />
areas, outside help is often recommended. These include:<br />
Consultants<br />
Contractors<br />
Architects<br />
Engineers<br />
Key Points: Explain that, if outside professional help is needed, a pool operator should ensure<br />
the outside help is well qualifi ed for the project. Qualifi cations to look for should include but are not<br />
limited to:<br />
Length of time in the industry<br />
Maintains licensing and certifi cations<br />
Maintains membership in professional and trade organizations<br />
Offers design and operation warranties<br />
Percentage of work sub-contracted out<br />
Notoriety among peers, such as through publications and presentations at conferences<br />
References from past work performed<br />
Key Points: Indicate that some of the project would fall under renovation or modernization. Direct<br />
the students to Appendix C-2 of the Pool Operator Handbook and randomly select renovation/<br />
modernization project. Be sure to at least include the following:<br />
Compliance with ADA requirements<br />
Ladder, handrail, steps and benches<br />
Surface refi nishing.<br />
Depth marking placement<br />
Improvement of barriers<br />
Gutters, inlets and suction drains<br />
Key Point: For individuals who primarily operate or manage aquatic play features, direct them to<br />
the Aquatic Play Feature Handbook and online training module.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 96<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
State and Local Code Supplement**<br />
** Note: This content must be taught on the 2nd day of a two day class<br />
or as part of one-day Pool Operator Fusion Class.<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
State & Local Code Supplement Slides<br />
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)<br />
Copy of local or state codes<br />
Appendices A-2 and B-1 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
CDC Model Aquatic Health Code<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the local and state codes that apply to pool operations in his/her state<br />
2. List the types of records that must be kept by a pool operator<br />
3. Compare the local state code with the model aquatic health code as it applies to the<br />
operator’s responsibilities (optional)<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are the most important codes applicable to your operations?<br />
What records does the local or state health department require relative to your<br />
operation?<br />
Do you know the required turnover rate required in your state or county?<br />
Do you know if there is a maximum patron load for your facility?<br />
Key Points: Review the chemical test typically recommended by the industry and compare to the<br />
local health code requirement. These include:<br />
Disinfectant, pH, calcium hardness, total alkalinity, cyanuric acid, etc. (See parameters<br />
in Appendix B-1).<br />
Facility design and construction.<br />
Facility operation and management.<br />
Activity: Review Appendix B-1 with a copy of the local health code to determine areas of<br />
compatibility and difference. Have students indicate possible reasons for difference.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the applicable minimum and maximum levels for each of the required<br />
chemical tests indicated in the health code and compare to the industry standard. These would<br />
include values for:<br />
Free Chlorine<br />
Total Chlorine<br />
Combined Chlorine<br />
pH<br />
Total Alkalinity<br />
Calcium Hardness<br />
Cyanuric Acid<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 97
Key Points: Review the local codes as to the chemical records that an operator would be required<br />
to maintain and how they compare to the chemical check list found in Appendix A-2. Discuss the<br />
various aspects, including:<br />
How often is testing required?<br />
Is there a code requirement that complies with OSHA regulations?<br />
Key Points: Review the additional records that the local code requires. These might include but<br />
are not limited to:<br />
Saturation Index values<br />
Water Clarity tests<br />
Vacuum and pressure gauge readings<br />
Bather load recordings<br />
Air temperature<br />
Water temperature<br />
Backwash information<br />
Key Points: Discuss the local or state code relative to the following additional considerations:<br />
Requirement for automated controller system<br />
Automatic controller<br />
Flow meter, etc.<br />
Required turnover rate and/or fl ow rate<br />
Required pool signage and markings<br />
Amount and type of lifeguarding equipment needed<br />
Number of lifeguards needed<br />
Key Points: Investigate the similarity or differences in the local or state regulations as it relates to<br />
a spa facility. These include, but are not limited to:<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Chemical levels<br />
Lifeguard supervision<br />
Activity: Time permitting, have the student compare the local or state code to the model aquatic<br />
health code proposed by the CDC. Specifi cally look at the similarities and differences that might<br />
be present<br />
Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />
completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />
offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 98<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Review Calculations<br />
Suggested Time: 60 minutes (typically covered at beginning of Day 2)<br />
Materials:<br />
Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Water Quality Standards handout (Appendix K from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Langelier Saturation Index handout (Appendix L from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Saturation Index Worksheet (Appendix M from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Chemical Adjustment Worksheet (Appendix N from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout (Appendix O from<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Breakpoint Chlorination handout (Appendix P from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Calculator<br />
Objectives: Objectives for this lesson include:<br />
Review all calculations related to amount conversions<br />
Review all calculations related to distance conversions<br />
Review all calculations related to surface areas<br />
Review all calculations related to pool volumes<br />
Review all calculations related to saturation index<br />
Review all calculations related to chemical adjustments<br />
Review all calculations related to breakpoint chlorination<br />
Review all calculations related to turnover rates<br />
Review all calculations related to fl ow rates<br />
Review all calculations related to fi lter surface areas<br />
HOMEWORK: This lesson will be more beneficial if participants are assigned the<br />
Calculations Homework (Appendix Q from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>) as homework calculation<br />
problems. This lesson is a review of all those calculations.<br />
Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, have participants perform several surface area<br />
and pool volume calculations.<br />
Activity: Using the Water Quality Standards handout, Saturation Index handout, and Saturation<br />
Index Worksheet, have participants perform several saturation index calculations.<br />
Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, Chemical Adjustment Worksheet, and<br />
Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout, have participants perform several chemical<br />
adjustment calculations.<br />
Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, Chemical Adjustment Worksheet, Water<br />
Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout, and breakpoint chlorination handout, have participants<br />
perform several breakpoint chlorination calculations.<br />
Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, have participants perform several turnover<br />
rate, flow rate, and filter surface area calculations.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 99
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the calculations<br />
they have just done. If there are participants who are still having trouble, offer additional help<br />
during a break.<br />
Page 100<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 5<br />
The Aquatic Play Feature (APF) Course<br />
Section Contents:<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Course Administrative Guidelines ................................103<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Course Outline and Schedule ......................................107<br />
Chapter 1 – Feature Types & Unique Considerations ...................................109<br />
Chapter 2 – Water Quality ..............................................................................113<br />
Chapter 3 – Management and Operations .....................................................117<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Supplement ..................................................................121<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 101
Page 102<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
The Aquatic Play Feature Course Administrative Guidelines<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
The Aquatic Play Feature (APF) course is a supplemental course to the CPO ® certifi cation<br />
program. However, it can also be taught as a stand-alone course. It is designed to provide<br />
additional information and training to operators that manage and operate facilities that include play<br />
features This is no limited to waterpark facilities. Some swimming pool facilities may also have<br />
play features, such as water slides or interactive spray features.<br />
This classroom course is designed to be completed in 3-4 hours. The course is also available as<br />
an online training course through the NSPF web site. Additional on-site training on specifi c play<br />
features is recommended.<br />
INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />
An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Aquatic Play Feature course by fi rst completing<br />
the online training course for the program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain access to the<br />
course. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the record of completion for the<br />
course.<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the conclusion of the Aquatic Play Feature course, the student will be able to:<br />
Defi ne what is meant by aquatic play features<br />
Describe the various types of aquatic play features<br />
List the various types injury risks that could be associated with each type of play feature<br />
Explain the illnesses that are associated with the various aquatic attractions<br />
Explain the difference between aquatic play features and the traditional swimming pool<br />
Explain the water quality problems that make an aquatic play feature different from a<br />
traditional swimming pool<br />
Explain the importance of maintaining proper water levels in all aquatic play features<br />
Explain how chemicals are added to aquatic play features<br />
Explain why automatic chemical control systems are preferred in aquatic play features<br />
List the recreational water illnesses that can be associated with aquatic play features<br />
Compare the turnover rate associated with the various aquatic play features pools<br />
Explain the air quality issues associated with indoor aquatic play features<br />
Explain why chemical exposure accidents are more of a problem with aquatic play<br />
features<br />
List the alternative chemical treatment methods that can be utilized with aquatic play<br />
features<br />
Explain the four management areas associated with aquatic play features<br />
Explain the issues involved in risk management<br />
Explain the issues associated with operation management<br />
Explain the factors involved in staff management<br />
Explain how enhance public enjoyment and safety via effect management practices<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 103
COURSE PREPARATION<br />
The Aquatic Play Feature course can be offered as an online course with little preparation by the<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> or as a 3 - 4 hour instructor led course. If taught as an instructor led course an<br />
instructor will need to consider the following:<br />
Training schedule<br />
Facility<br />
Promotion<br />
Staffi ng<br />
Course materials<br />
Course fees<br />
Registration process<br />
APF certifi cation process<br />
Examination process<br />
Course administration<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
The APF course should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation prior to the date<br />
of the course. As with other NSPF courses registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the<br />
start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed textbooks from NSPF.<br />
The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the three chapters has a degree of<br />
fl exibility. The APF course has an optional fourth lesson that provides hands on experience with<br />
selected aspect of aquatic play feature facilities. The fourth lesson should be geared to more fi t<br />
the specifi c needs of the students. All participants should take the course exam at the same time.<br />
As mentioned there are two formats for conducting an APF course, the 4 hour in-class format or<br />
the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />
student can purchase the access code direction from NSPF.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Full Course None 3-4 hours Minimum 80% on<br />
APF lesson exams<br />
Online Course<br />
Access to APF<br />
online materials<br />
Self-paced<br />
Minimum 80% on<br />
APF lesson exams<br />
RECORD OF COMPLETION<br />
Students completing the online course are able to print their own Record of Completion certifi cate.<br />
Students completing the classroom course with an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> will be mailed a Record of<br />
Completion certifi cate.<br />
FACILITY<br />
The APF course can be set up in a similar fashion as recommended for a CPO ® certifi cation<br />
course. An instructor can also consider incorporating the APF lessons as add-ons to a CPO ®<br />
certifi cation course when the course would be appropriate for the background of the participants.<br />
Page 104<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />
As with any NSPF course, it is your responsibility to adequately advertise the availability of the<br />
course.<br />
STAFFING AND ENDORSEMENTS<br />
Whenever appropriate an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> is encouraged to seek the assistance of an expert<br />
in the fi eld when the use of such a person would prove benefi cial to the class participants. If an<br />
outside speaker is utilized students should be reminded that lesson exams are based upon the<br />
content of the Aquatic Play Feature Handbook.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s should also be mindful of the NSPF endorsement restrictions and inform any guest<br />
presenter of the endorsement guidelines.<br />
COURSE MATERIALS AND COURSE FEES<br />
Orders for any textbook materials or access codes should be placed at least 10-14 days in<br />
advance to ensure on-time delivery. <strong>Instructor</strong>s are encouraged to purchase APF access code<br />
packets to have available for student purchase.<br />
Payment options as defi ned for CPO ® certifi cation courses apply to APF courses.<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase 10 APF Handbooks for $100.00. Handbook and access code<br />
combinations can also be purchased from NSPF at a discount to instructors. The retail price for<br />
the online course and APF Handbook combination is $50. <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase access codes<br />
and APF Handbooks for $25 per set.<br />
COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />
Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your APF course, you must submit the following to the<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />
1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />
You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record form as<br />
shown in Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />
General Course Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />
Location of the course<br />
Starting and ending dates<br />
Complete names of all participants attending class<br />
Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />
APF exam grade<br />
2. EXAM RESULTS<br />
All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be<br />
returned to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued an APF Record of<br />
Completion certifi cate. You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those<br />
who received less than 80% on the APF exam.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 105
3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />
A certifi cate fee of $10.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted to<br />
the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cate fees must accompany the General Course<br />
Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />
4. REPORTING<br />
A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />
listed, all APF exams (both passing and failing), and the $10.00 per participant certifi cation fee<br />
must be mailed to the:<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
4775 Granby Circle<br />
Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
Page 106<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Aquatic Play Feature Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Feature Types & Unique Consideration (40 minutes)<br />
Defi nition of aquatic play feature<br />
Unique features of aquatic play features<br />
Types of aquatic play features<br />
Water Quality (40 minutes)<br />
Water Management and Quality<br />
Filtration and Circulation<br />
Chemical Exposure Accidents<br />
Other Water Treatment Technologies<br />
Management and Operations (45 minutes)<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Management<br />
Managing Risks<br />
Managing Operations<br />
Managing Staff<br />
Managing Public<br />
APF Three – Four Hour Training Format<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:00 - 8:30 am - Introduction and Housekeeping<br />
8:30 - 9:10 am 1 Feature Types & Unique Considerations<br />
9:10 - 9:50 am 2 Water Quality<br />
9:50 - 10:05 am - Break<br />
10:05 - 10:50 am 3 Management and Operations<br />
10:50 - 11:30 pm Exam<br />
11:30 - 12:30 pm Optional Facility Tour<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 107
Page 108<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 1 – Feature Types & Unique Considerations<br />
Handbook: Pages 1-16<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
40 minutes<br />
APF Chapter 1 Slides<br />
Principles of Wave Pool Generation<br />
(Appendix 2 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
1. Defi ne what is meant by aquatic play features<br />
2. Describe the various types of aquatic play features<br />
3. List the various types of risk to injury that could be associated with each type of play<br />
feature<br />
4. Explain the illnesses that are associated with the various aquatic attractions<br />
5. Explain the difference between aquatic play features and the traditional swimming<br />
pool<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are the characteristics of aquatic play features?<br />
Why are aquatic play features so popular?<br />
What is the greatest danger associated with APFs?<br />
What is ASTM standard F2376-06?<br />
Key Points: Causes for facility closure (p. 2). Include information relative to:<br />
Low free chlorine levels (ideal level 2-4 mg/L)<br />
Low or high pH levels<br />
Circulation system not operating<br />
Turnover rate not in recommended range<br />
Main drain cover problems<br />
Not complying with ANSI A112.19.8<br />
Water temperature too high (greater than 40°C)<br />
Gate latching problems<br />
Key Points: Wave/Surf Pools (pp 6-8). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
Wave generation (direct attention to Appendix 2)<br />
Factor that infl uence water clarity and disinfection<br />
Effects of sunlight<br />
Shallow water and uv exposure<br />
Water surface area<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 109
Turnover rate<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Shallow water dangers<br />
Impact with other users<br />
Low disinfectant levels<br />
Key Points: Activity Pools (pp 8-9). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Types of features<br />
Fountains<br />
Waterfalls<br />
Floating lily pads<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Factor that infl uence water clarity and disinfection<br />
Effects of sunlight<br />
Shallow water and uv exposure<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Line of sight problems with lifeguarding<br />
Circulation dead spots<br />
Low disinfectant levels<br />
Key Points: Catch Pools (pp 9-11). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Factor that infl uence disinfection<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Key Points: Water slides (pp 11-12). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Types of slides<br />
Multiple tracks<br />
Bowl slide and fl ume<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Low water levels due to splash-out, etc<br />
Communication problems with starter and catch attendant<br />
Low disinfectant levels<br />
Page 110<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Key Points: Interactive play systems (pp 12-13). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Types of features<br />
Splash pads<br />
Tunnels<br />
Floating pads<br />
Buckets<br />
Small water sides<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Ultraviolet supplementation<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Zero depth structure<br />
High user load<br />
Lifeguard dead spots<br />
Spray nozzle danger<br />
Low chlorine levels<br />
High Legionella, giardia, and cryptosporidium risk<br />
Key Points: Leisure rivers (pp 13-14). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Chemical feed points<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Low chlorine levels<br />
Danger from landscape features<br />
Lifeguard coverage<br />
User load<br />
Key Points: Action rivers (pp 14-15). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 111
Turnover rate<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Lifeguard considerations<br />
Rapidly moving water<br />
Whirlpools<br />
High banks and turns<br />
Patron collisions<br />
Key Points: Vortex Pools (p 15). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Rapidly moving water<br />
Patron exit problems<br />
Lifeguard supervision<br />
Water depth<br />
Patron collisions<br />
Key Points: Continuous Surfi ng Pools (pp 15-16). Include information relative to:<br />
General characteristics<br />
Purpose<br />
Size<br />
Number of gallons of water<br />
Water depth<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />
Features<br />
Types of activities<br />
Patron safety considerations<br />
Legionella<br />
Two pump system<br />
Wave shut-off switches<br />
Patron collisions<br />
Proper disinfectant levels<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 112<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 2 – Water Quality<br />
Handbook: Pages 17-32<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
40 minutes<br />
APF Chapter 2 Slides<br />
Water Chemistry Guidelines<br />
(Appendix 1 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Fecal Accident Response Recommendations<br />
(Appendix 6 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the water quality problems that make an aquatic play feature (APF) different<br />
from a traditional swimming pool<br />
2. Explain the importance of maintaining proper water levels in all APFs<br />
3. Explain how chemicals are added to APFs<br />
4. Explain why automatic chemical control systems are preferred in APFs<br />
5. List the recreational water illnesses that can be associated with APFs<br />
6. Compare the turnover rate associated with the various APF pools<br />
7. Explain the air quality issues associated with indoor APFs<br />
8. Explain why chemical exposure accidents are more of a problem with APFs<br />
9. List the alternative chemical treatment methods that can be utilized with APFs<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What makes chemical dosing a problem with APFs?<br />
Why are water level and disinfection level harder to maintain in APFs?<br />
What factors contribute to rapidly changing APF water?<br />
Key Points: APF makeup water (p 18). Include information relative to:<br />
How water is lost in an APF<br />
Splash out<br />
Carry out<br />
Evaporation<br />
How the composition of potable makeup water might infl uence water balance<br />
pH<br />
Alkalinity<br />
Calcium Hardness<br />
Chloramine concentration in makeup water<br />
Pretreatment of makeup water<br />
Key Points: Proper water levels in APF (pp 18-19). Include information relative to:<br />
Cause of water loss in APFs<br />
Areas of greatest water loss<br />
Dangers of low water levels in speed slides<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 113
Safety concern when water levels are too high<br />
Need for continuous monitoring of “runout” water levels<br />
Key Points: Adding disinfectants to APFs (pp 19-22). Include information relative to:<br />
Most common disinfectant used in APFs<br />
Chlorine<br />
Compounds that result from the addition of chlorine to water<br />
Hypochlorous acid<br />
Hypochlorite ion<br />
Chemical feed rates associated with APFs<br />
APF 160 to 227 kilos per day<br />
1,800,000 litre wave pool up to 450 kilos per day<br />
Need for a disinfectant residual in APF water<br />
Need for properly sized chemical feed systems<br />
APF typical feed rate is 450 kilos per day<br />
Need for automatic feeder control systems<br />
Disinfections feeder control<br />
pH feeder controllers<br />
Key Points: Chemical testing (p 23). Include information relative to:<br />
Types of test methods<br />
ORP<br />
DPD<br />
When to test<br />
Before facility opens<br />
Midday(if possible)<br />
Proper sample gathering<br />
More than one location<br />
Start of ride<br />
End of ride<br />
Wave pools deep middle and shallow water<br />
Proper test kit utilization<br />
Present techniques shown in Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, Chemical Testing<br />
chapter<br />
Appendix 1 – Water Chemistry Guidelines<br />
Proper record keeping for water tests<br />
State and local codes<br />
Industry recommendations<br />
Key Points: Recreational Water Illnesses (pp 23-24). Include information relative to:<br />
Cause of RWIs<br />
Cryptosporidium<br />
Giardia<br />
E. Coli 0157:H7<br />
Norovirus<br />
Shigella<br />
Prevention of RWIs<br />
Proper disinfectant levels<br />
Off deck change diaper change stations<br />
Page 114<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
CDC recommendations for fecal accident response (direct attention to Appendix 6)<br />
Recommend the Advanced RWI online course from NSPF<br />
Key Points: APF fi ltration and circulation (pp 24-26). Include information relative to:<br />
Required turnover rates for the various types of APFs<br />
Wave pool - 2 hours<br />
Activity pool – 1 hour to 2 hours<br />
Catch pool – 1 hour<br />
Leisure river – 2 hours<br />
Vortex pool – 1 hour<br />
Interactive play attraction – 1 hour<br />
ANSI/APSP-9 2005 Standard relating to APFs<br />
How to determine if turnover rate is being met<br />
Typical fl ow rate values<br />
Dye test for dead spots<br />
Use of clarifi ers to assist in reduction of Cryptosporidium outbreaks<br />
Latest recommendations<br />
Factors that infl uence proper circulation and water fl ow<br />
Nozzle adjustments<br />
Valve settings<br />
Filtration cleaning<br />
Key Points: Chemical Exposure Accidents (pp 26-27). Include information relative to:<br />
Factors contributing to chemical accidents<br />
Amount of chemicals used<br />
Transportation of chemical<br />
Number of patrons that could be exposed<br />
Complexity of chemical delivery systems<br />
Prevention of chemical accidents<br />
Schedule deliveries at slowest time of day<br />
Train staff in safe chemical handling<br />
Proper chemical handling equipment<br />
Emergency shut-off systems<br />
MSDS education<br />
Chemical handling equipment<br />
Wash stations<br />
Protective gloves<br />
Protective eyewear<br />
Spotter system<br />
Automatic chemical feed shutdown systems<br />
Codes associated with safe chemical handling<br />
Briefl y cover OSHA standards, etc.<br />
Key Points: Indoor APF (pp 27-30). Include information relative to:<br />
Air quality concerns<br />
Mist<br />
Humidity<br />
Temperature<br />
Legionella<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 115
Temperature and humidity concerns<br />
Humidity control<br />
Ventilation requirements<br />
Air distribution<br />
Air duct design<br />
Evaporation rates<br />
Chloramine buildup<br />
Disinfectant by-products<br />
High patron load<br />
Proper ventilation<br />
Proper ventilation system maintenance<br />
UV as a disinfectant supplement<br />
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007<br />
2.4 liters per second of outdoor air per square metre of pool and deck area<br />
Recommend the Indoor Air Quality online course from NSPF<br />
Key Points: Other water treatment technologies (pp 30-32). Include information relative to:<br />
Use of ozone for disinfection and oxidation<br />
Methods of generating ozone<br />
Corona discharge<br />
Ultraviolet light<br />
OSHA exposure levels<br />
0.1 mg/L for an 8 hour exposure<br />
Safety requirements when using ozone<br />
Ozone depleted before re-enters pool basin<br />
Units installed after fi lter<br />
Self-cleaning device<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 116<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 3 – Management and Operations<br />
Handbook: Pages 33-50<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
45 minutes<br />
APF Chapter 3 Slides<br />
Materials:<br />
Sample Maintenance Log<br />
(Appendix 3 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Sample Inspection Checklist<br />
(Appendix 4 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Sample Staff Evaluation form<br />
| (Appendix 5 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the four management areas associated with APFs<br />
2. Explain the issues involved in risk management<br />
3. Explain the issues associated with operation management<br />
4. Explain the factors involved in staff management<br />
5. Explain how enhance public enjoyment and safety via effect management practices<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are some of the areas that are a risk management concern?<br />
What situations should be covered in a risk management plan for an APF?<br />
What are a few of the operational challenges that confront an APF manager?<br />
Why is staffi ng more of a problem with an APF?<br />
How does an APF manager keep the patrons safe and happy?<br />
Key Points: Managing Risk (pp 34-39). Include information relative to the following risks:<br />
Slips and falls<br />
Cause of slips and falls<br />
Slippery locker and bathroom fl oors<br />
Loose ladder rails<br />
Biofi lm<br />
Prevention methods<br />
Design of signage<br />
• Visibility<br />
• Simplicity<br />
• Clarity<br />
• Relevance<br />
• Application<br />
• Attitude<br />
• Depth markings<br />
Emergency action plans<br />
Situations that should be covered in an emergency actions plan<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 117
Severe injury at attraction<br />
Apparent drowning<br />
Heart attack<br />
Fire<br />
Severe weather conditions<br />
Chemical discharge<br />
See page 35-36 of the APF Handbook for complete list<br />
Record Keeping<br />
Indicate why records should be kept<br />
Legal defense<br />
Health department investigation<br />
Evaluate apf performance<br />
Types of records that should be kept<br />
Patron load logs<br />
Inspection reports<br />
Training reports<br />
Chemical logs<br />
Incident report<br />
See complete list on page 36 of the APF Handbook<br />
Length of time records should be kept<br />
Consult facility attorney<br />
Records from outside agencies<br />
Service reports<br />
Chemical delivery reports<br />
Discuss the sample maintenance log found in Appendix 3<br />
Additional risk management concerns<br />
Patron collisions<br />
Patron thrown from feature<br />
Structural hazards<br />
Environmental hazards<br />
Design and construction hazards<br />
See complete list on pages 38 – 39 of APF Handbook<br />
Discuss the sample inspection checklist found in Appendix 4<br />
Key Points: Managing Operations (pp 39-46). Include information relative to:<br />
Turnover rates<br />
100 times greater than traditional swimming pool<br />
Wave pool circulation may be more than 2,000,000 lpm<br />
Catch pool fl ow rate can be 800 to 1,200 lpm<br />
Refer to chart on page 24<br />
Landscaping and design<br />
Factors that infl uence chemical usage, maintenance, etc.<br />
Birds<br />
Trees<br />
Creates separation between features<br />
Patron picnic areas<br />
Patron cleaning stations<br />
Patron lounge areas<br />
Page 118<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Indoor facilities<br />
Refer to material in Chapter 2 on Water Quality<br />
Outdoor facilities<br />
Deck areas<br />
Disinfection and cleaning<br />
Scum Lines<br />
Cause of scum lines<br />
Scale inhibitors<br />
Troubleshooting (Refer to the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />
Preventive Maintenance<br />
Completed by qualifi ed personnel<br />
Consult io manual<br />
See list on page 43 of areas that need attention<br />
Routine Maintenance<br />
Renovations<br />
Types of renovations<br />
System failure<br />
• Good preventative maintenance is key<br />
Risk reduction<br />
• Changes due to new safety technology<br />
• Adding current safety equipment<br />
Feature additions or changes<br />
• Bring greater value to patrons<br />
• Makes patrons want to return<br />
• Planned enhancement of features<br />
Additional operational concerns associated with APF<br />
Adding barriers<br />
Concession areas<br />
Feature fl ow patterns<br />
See complete list on pages 45- 46 of the APF Handbook<br />
Discuss the concerns that are most appropriate for attendees<br />
Key Points: Staff Management (pp 46-48). Include information relative to:<br />
Factor infl uences staff requirements<br />
Size and number of feature<br />
Expected number of patrons<br />
Job descriptions<br />
Certifi cation requirement<br />
Staff training<br />
Mock drill relative to emergency action plan<br />
Orientation to policy and procedures manual<br />
Facility rules and regulations<br />
How to address the public<br />
See complete list on page 47 of the APF handbook.<br />
Cover additional areas applicable to the facility features<br />
How and when staff evaluations are conducted<br />
Discuss sample staff evaluation form found in appendix 5<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 119
Key Points: Public Information (Managing the Public) (pp 48 -50). Include information relative to:<br />
Patron’s role in supervision<br />
Keep children within arm’s reach<br />
Observe all posted rules<br />
Observe lifeguard instructions<br />
Appropriate use of approved personal fl otation devices<br />
Patron’s role in accident prevention<br />
Patron’s role in reducing disease outbreaks (RWIs)<br />
Don’t swim when you have diarrhea<br />
Take frequent bathroom breaks<br />
Only use diaper change stations<br />
Prevention of RWIs<br />
Proper shower before using facility<br />
Washing after using bathroom facilities<br />
Role of lifeguards and feature supervisors<br />
Prevent injuries<br />
Enforce rules and regulations<br />
Address safety issue<br />
Ensure patron safety and comfort.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 120<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Aquatic Play Feature Supplement (optional)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
Purpose:<br />
60 minutes<br />
None<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Handbook<br />
Provide participants a tour of an operating facility with inspection of the<br />
chemical treatment facility, circulation and fi ltration, sample facility<br />
records, and emergency action plans.<br />
Objectives: At the conclusion of this lesson the learner will be able to:<br />
1. Explain how water was chemically treated at this APF<br />
2. List the types of records that were kept at this APF<br />
3. Explain the circulation and fi ltration system used at this APF<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What chemical handling system should be in place at this facility?<br />
What records does the local or state health department require relative APFs as<br />
compared to traditional swimming facilities?<br />
How does this APF differ from the facility you operate?<br />
What changes do you believe need to be implemented at your facility?<br />
Key Points: Review the chemical tests typically recommended by the industry and compare to<br />
the local health code requirement. These include:<br />
Disinfectant, pH, calcium hardness, total alkalinity, cyanuric acid, etc. (See parameters<br />
in Appendix 1)<br />
Facility design and construction<br />
Facility operation and management<br />
Activity: Review Appendix 1 with a copy of the local health code to determine areas of<br />
compatibility and difference. Have student indicate possible reasons for difference.<br />
Key Points: Review the recommendations for water circulation and filtration. Compare the<br />
recommendation to what you are observing during the tour.<br />
Types of fi lters:<br />
Flow Rate<br />
Backwash procedure<br />
Chemical introduction system<br />
Key Points: Discuss the various types of features offered at this APF:<br />
How do these compare to your facility?<br />
If you had a chance to add a feature, which type feature would you add based upon<br />
your observations of this facility?<br />
Based upon your observation of this facility is there a feature you would not consider for<br />
your facility?<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 121
Key Points: Compare your emergency action plan with that of this facility.<br />
Similar content<br />
Differences<br />
Areas for recommended changes to your EAP<br />
Additional activities if time permits<br />
Key Points: Review water balance procedures and chemical adjustment.<br />
Components needed to calculate water balance<br />
Water balance worksheet<br />
Sample water balance problem<br />
Sample of how to determine the dosage requirement<br />
Have students conduct a water balance and dosage calculation problem<br />
Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />
completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />
offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 122<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 6<br />
The NSPF Aquatic Management Series<br />
Section Contents:<br />
Aquatic Management Series Administrative Guidelines ................................125<br />
Aquatic Risk Management Course Outline and Schedule .............................129<br />
Aquatic Risk Management - Lesson 1 ...........................................................131<br />
Aquatic Risk Management - Lesson 2 ...........................................................133<br />
Emergency Response Planning Course Outline and Schedule .....................135<br />
Emergency Response Planning - Lesson 1 ...................................................127<br />
Emergency Response Planning - Lesson 2 ...................................................139<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits Course Outline and Schedule ....................................141<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits - Lesson 1 ..................................................................143<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits - Lesson 2 ..................................................................145<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Course Outline and Schedule .........................147<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 1 ......................................................149<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 2 ......................................................151<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 3 ......................................................153<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 4 ......................................................155<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 5 ......................................................157<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 6 ......................................................159<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 7 ......................................................161<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 8 ......................................................163<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 9 ......................................................165<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 123
Page 124<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Aquatic Management Series Administrative Guidelines<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
The Aquatic Management Series currently consists of four courses. These courses are: Aquatic<br />
Risk Management (ARM), Emergency Response Planning (ERP), Aquatic Facility Audits (AFA)<br />
and Recreational Water Illnesses (RWI).<br />
There are two delivery methods for these courses. Each course can be taken as an online selfpaced<br />
course that should take approximately 2-4 hours to complete. Courses can be taught by a<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> who has completed the requirements to teach the course.<br />
The requirements and time interval for each course, if taught in a classroom setting, are present<br />
independently below.<br />
INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />
An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Aquatic Management Series courses by fi rst<br />
completing the online training course for each program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain<br />
access to the courses. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the records of<br />
completion for the courses.<br />
RECORD OF COMPLETION<br />
Students completing the online course are able to print their own Record of Completion certifi cate.<br />
Students completing the classroom course with an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> will be mailed a Record of<br />
Completion certifi cate.<br />
COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />
Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your course, you must submit the following to the<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />
1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />
You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record form as<br />
shown in Appendix U. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />
General Course Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />
Location of the course<br />
Starting and ending dates<br />
Complete names of all participants attending class<br />
Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />
Course exam grade<br />
2. EXAM RESULTS<br />
All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be returned<br />
to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued a Record of Completion<br />
certifi cate. You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received<br />
less than 80% on the exam.<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 125
3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />
A certifi cate fee of $10.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted to<br />
the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cate fees must accompany the General Course<br />
Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />
4. REPORTING<br />
A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />
listed, all exams (both passing and failing), and the $10.00 per participant certifi cation fee must be<br />
mailed to the:<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
4775 Granby Circle<br />
Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
5. CLASS SCHEDULING<br />
All Aquatic Management Series courses should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />
Foundation prior to the date of the course. As with other NSPF courses, registration should be at<br />
least two (2) weeks before the start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed<br />
handbooks from NSPF.<br />
AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the conclusion of the Aquatic Risk Management course the student will be able to:<br />
Defi ne what is meant by aquatic risk management<br />
Describe negligence laws and negligence per se<br />
Explain the difference between gross, contributory and comparative negligence<br />
Explain the various aspects of duty of care<br />
List the possible methods of defense against negligence<br />
Explain the various acts a manger can undertake to minimize the risks associated with<br />
aquatic environments<br />
List the steps in developing a risk management plan<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE - LESSON 1 & 2<br />
The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the 2 lesson plans have a degree of<br />
fl exibility. Students are expected to be present for all of the material presented in each lesson.<br />
As mentioned there are two formats for conducting an ARM course, the 2 hour in-class format or<br />
the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />
student can purchase the access code directly from NSPF. Students would benefi t from having<br />
completed the Pool Operator Primer course prior to enrolling in the ARM course.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 2 Lesson 1 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Page 126<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the conclusion of the Emergency Response Planning course the student will be able to:<br />
List the factors to consider when developing an ERP<br />
Outline the role and responsibilities of staff in an ERP contingent upon the facilities<br />
chain of command<br />
Outline communications procedures during and ERP<br />
List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />
List the procedures for handling a feces mater emergency<br />
Develop an ERP for mock facility<br />
Evaluate an ERP and determine its strengths and weaknesses<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
This course can expand beyond the 2 hours allocated for its completion. The optional exercise<br />
can extend this course by approximately an hour. To facilitate the delivery of this course the NSPF<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> needs to follow the recommended pre-course timetable for ordering supplies, etc.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 2 Lesson 1 75 minutes Full attendance<br />
Optional Lesson Lesson 1 & 2 45 minutes<br />
AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the conclusion of the Aquatic Facility Audits course the student will be able to:<br />
List the types of safety audits<br />
List the factors to consider in developing the scope of the safety audit<br />
List the areas of an aquatic facility that should be included in a safety audit<br />
Accurately complete a report of a completed safety audit<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
This course can expand beyond the 2 hours allocated for its completion. The optional exercise<br />
can extend this course by approximately an hour. To facilitate the delivery of this course the NSPF<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> needs to follow the recommended pre-course timetable for ordering supplies, etc.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 2 Lesson 1 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Optional Lesson Lesson 1 & 2 45 minutes<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 127
It is within the prerogative of the instructor to conduct an on-site facility audit and have the<br />
students discuss the fi nding of the audit. A major outcome from this exercise is that students can<br />
successfully identify potential hazards areas within the facility audited and recommend how each<br />
hazards can be mediated. The addition of an on-site audit could add an hour to the length of the<br />
course.<br />
RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the conclusion of the Aquatic Risk Management course the student will be able to:<br />
Identify a risk management plan for the control of recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify the types of microbes that cause recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify how recreational water illnesses are transmitted<br />
Identify gastrointestinal recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify dermal recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify respiratory recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify the methods used to control recreational water illnesses<br />
Identify the methods used to treat the water after an outbreak has occurred<br />
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the 9 lesson plans have a degree of<br />
fl exibility. Students are expected to be present for all of the material presented in each lesson.<br />
There are two formats for conducting an RWI course, the 6.5 hour in-class format or the selfpaced<br />
online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the student<br />
can purchase the access code directly from NSPF.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Lesson 1 None 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 2 Lesson 1 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 3 Lesson 2 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 4 Lesson 3 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 5 Lesson 4 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 6 Lesson 5 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 7 Lesson 6 30 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 8 Lesson 7 60 minutes Full attendance<br />
Lesson 9 Lesson 8 45 minutes Full attendance<br />
Page 128<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Aquatic Risk Management Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Lesson 1 (1 hour)<br />
The Aquatic Risk Management Process<br />
The Law & the Aquatic Professional<br />
Legal defi nitions<br />
Negligence law<br />
Duty of care<br />
Legal defenses<br />
Lesson 2 (1 hour)<br />
Aquatic Risk Management<br />
Maintaining a high quality of work<br />
Staff hiring and training<br />
Maintaining equipment<br />
Maintaining records<br />
Implementing a plan<br />
Managing risks<br />
Aquatic Risk Management Training<br />
Time Lesson Topic<br />
8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />
9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Aquatic Risk Management Process<br />
10:00 - 11:00 am 2 Aquatic Risk Management Planning<br />
11:00 – 11:15 am BREAK<br />
11:15 – 12:15 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 129
Page 130<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 1 – Aquatic Risk Management<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
ARM Lesson 1 Slides<br />
Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
1. Defi ne what is meant by aquatic risk management<br />
2. Describe negligence law and negligence per se<br />
3. Explain the difference between gross, contributory, and comparative negligence<br />
4. Explain the various aspects of duty of care<br />
5. List the possible methods of defenses against negligence<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the Good Samaritan Law and how does it apply to the aquatic environment?<br />
What types of actions would be considered negligent acts around a swimming pool?<br />
What does standard of care mean to you?<br />
Key Points: Defi ne risk management (p. 2)<br />
Key Points: Negligence Law and Legal Defi nitions (pp. 4 -8). Include a brief discussion of the<br />
following<br />
Negligence<br />
Gross Negligence<br />
Contributory Negligence<br />
Comparative Negligence<br />
Activity: Review the case study examples provided in the ARM Handbook.<br />
Key Points: Duty of Care and Legal Defenses (pp. 8 – 14). Cover the relationship between the<br />
following:<br />
Standard of Care<br />
Breach of Duty<br />
Proximate Cause<br />
Waiver of Liability (assumption of risk)<br />
Damages<br />
Good Samaritan Law<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 131
Page 132<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 2 – Aquatic Risk Management<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
ARM Lesson 2 Slides<br />
Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
Explain the various acts a manager can undertake to minimize the risks associated with<br />
aquatic environment<br />
List the steps in developing a risk management plan<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What risk management steps have been developed for your facility?<br />
What are the components of a good risk management plan?<br />
Key Points: Methods of Managing Risk (pp. 15 - 23). Include information relative to:<br />
Steps involved in maintaining a high quality work environment<br />
Hiring and the importance of in-service training<br />
Frequent and proper maintenance of equipment<br />
Need for accurate record keeping<br />
Recommend NSPF Aquatic Facility Audit Course<br />
Key Points: Implementing a Risk Management Plan (pp. 24 - 31). Include information relative to:<br />
Identifying and evaluating risks<br />
Ways to minimize identifi ed risks<br />
Code and regulation compliance<br />
Cost as a factor in plan development<br />
The use of a professional risk manager<br />
Key Points: Include a discussion of the components of an emergency response plan (pp. 32-34).<br />
Be sure to include:<br />
Emergency response plan development and staff training<br />
Post-ERP documentation and reports<br />
Recommend the NSPF Emergency Response Planning online or classroom course<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 133
Page 134<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Emergency Response Planning Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Lesson 1 (60 minutes)<br />
Developing Emergency Response Plans<br />
Effective communication<br />
Aquatic emergencies<br />
Lesson 2 (80 minutes)<br />
Fecal response plans<br />
CDC<br />
Weather and natural disasters<br />
HAZCOM plans<br />
Review sample plan<br />
Exercise<br />
Use sample facility layout (from Appendix BB of the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Create an ERP<br />
Emergency Response Planning Training<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />
9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Developing ERPs<br />
10:00 - 11:20 am 2 Specifi c Emergencies<br />
11:20 – 11:35 am BREAK<br />
11:35 – 12:35 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 135
Page 136<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 1 – Emergency Response Planning<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
ERP Lesson 1 Slides<br />
Swimming Pool and Spa seasonal closure: fl ood, hurricane and other<br />
catastrophic events (Appendix 1 from ERP Handbook)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the factors to consider when developing and ERP<br />
2. Outline the role and responsibilities of staff in an ERP contingent upon the facilities<br />
chain of command<br />
3. Outline communication procedures during an ERP<br />
4. List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What types of aquatic emergencies would warrant the development of an ERP?<br />
What is the chain of command at your facility or a facility you are familiar with?<br />
What factors might infl uence the ERP a facility would develop?<br />
Key Points: Development of an Emergency Response Plan (pp. 1-2). Include the following:<br />
Types of emergencies that generally require the development of an ERP<br />
Fatality<br />
Fecal incidents<br />
Intoxicated person<br />
Workspace violence<br />
Others can be found on page 2 of the handbook<br />
Key Points: Emergency Response Planning and staff communication (pp. 2-11). Be sure to<br />
include a discussion of the following:<br />
Role of staff in ERP components and development<br />
Chain of command<br />
Alarm systems and egress<br />
Key Points: Aquatic Emergencies (pp. 12-17). Include a discussion of the following:<br />
Effective lifeguard communication<br />
Preventive lifeguarding and victim recognition<br />
Bloodborne pathogen procedures<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 137
Page 138<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 2 – Emergency Response Planning<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
80 minutes<br />
ERP Lesson 2 Slides<br />
Swimming Pool and Spa Seasonal Closure<br />
(Appendix 1 from the ERP Handbook)<br />
Hazard Communication Plan<br />
(Appendix 2 from the ERP Handbook)<br />
Sample Facility Layout handout<br />
(Appendix AA from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the procedures for handling a fecal matter emergency<br />
2. List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What factors might infl uence the ERP a facility would develop?<br />
How do you handle a fecal matter emergency?<br />
Key Points: Pool Fecal Matter Emergency Procedures (p. 18). Include the following:<br />
Formed Stool Incidents<br />
Diarrheal Incidents<br />
Key Points: Weather/Natural Disaster and other emergency action situations (pp 19-25). Include<br />
a brief discussion of the following:<br />
Earthquakes<br />
Storms and Hurricanes<br />
Tornadoes<br />
Bomb threats<br />
Workplace violence<br />
Hazardous material dangers<br />
Key Points: Have students review HAZCOM plan in Appendix 2 of the ERP Handbook<br />
Refer student to NSPF website to download a HAZCOM plan that can be modifi ed to fi t<br />
their facility<br />
Optional Exercise (allow 20 minutes for small group development and 10 minutes for group<br />
presentations):<br />
Have students develop an emergency response plan for the mock facility provided in<br />
Appendix BB of the <strong>Instructor</strong> manual<br />
Compare the groups and point out the strengths and weakness of each plan<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 139
Page 140<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Aquatic Facility Audits Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Lesson 1 (60 minutes)<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits<br />
Purpose of audits<br />
Types of audits<br />
Audit planning<br />
Completing the audit<br />
Aquatic audits<br />
Around the pool<br />
In the pool<br />
Pump room and storage areas<br />
Lesson 2 (60 minutes)<br />
Spas<br />
Aquatic play features<br />
Facility records<br />
Lifeguard audits<br />
Operations<br />
Skills<br />
Conducting an audit<br />
Aquatic Facility Audits Training<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />
9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Aquatic Facility Audits<br />
10:00 - 11:00 am 2 Audit Considerations<br />
11:00 – 11:15 am BREAK<br />
11:15 - 12:00 pm Conducting an Audit<br />
12:00 – 1:00 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 141
Page 142<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 1 – Aquatic Facility Audits<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
AFA Lesson 1 Slides<br />
Aquatic Facility Audit Handbook<br />
Facility Audit Form (Appendix Y from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the types of safety audits<br />
2. List the factors to consider in developing the scope of the safety audit<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why should a facility develop an audit plan?<br />
What are some of the area of an aquatic facility that should fall under the audit plan?<br />
What is the objective of a safety audit?<br />
What types of audits do you conduct at your facility?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the following as they related to aquatic facility audits (pages 2 -8 and audit<br />
form from Appendix Z in <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>). Include the following<br />
Objectives of the Aquatic Facility Audit course<br />
Maintain a safe place to work<br />
Ensure that necessary administrative records are maintained<br />
Ensure the staff are able to perform their responsibilities and are able to respond to<br />
emergency situations<br />
Types of safety audits<br />
Continuous audits<br />
Formal audits<br />
Audit planning<br />
Kind of audit<br />
Focus of audit<br />
Who is conducting audit<br />
Material required during audit<br />
Qualifi cation of auditors<br />
Completing the audit report<br />
Comments refl ect only objective comments<br />
Location and description of each hazard identifi ed and correction needed<br />
Corrective action in order of severity<br />
Key Points: Audit procedures for the pool enclosure (pp. 9 – 14). Be sure to include a discussion<br />
of the following:<br />
Gates, fencing and access doors<br />
Pedestrian gates<br />
Vehicle entrance gates<br />
Walls that are part of the barrier<br />
Fence height and fence bottom clearance<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 143
Locker rooms<br />
Pool deck area<br />
Clearance<br />
Signage<br />
Considerations for above ground pools<br />
Key Points: Pool water environment issues for audits (pp. 15-19). Include a discussion of the<br />
following:<br />
Water quality<br />
Water chemistry<br />
Main drain inspections<br />
Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act<br />
Secondary back-up systems and devices<br />
Non-blockable drains<br />
Recommend completion of the free Virginia Graeme Baker Pool & Spa Safety Act online course<br />
from NSPF.<br />
Key Points: Audit of pump and storage areas (pp. 20 – 23). Include the following:<br />
Proper chemical storage<br />
Safety factors when working with electricity<br />
Heater room safety cautions<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 144<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 2 – Aquatic Facility Audits<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
105 minutes<br />
AFA Lesson 2 Slides<br />
Aquatic Facility Audit Handbook<br />
Facility Audit Form (Appendix Y from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
On-site Lifeguard Operations Audit (Appendix W from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />
1. List the areas of an aquatic facility that should be included in a safety audit<br />
2. Complete a report of the audit procedure<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are some of the areas of an aquatic facility that should fall under the audit plan?<br />
What do you consider to be the area that is most neglected when it comes to safety<br />
audits?<br />
What types of records do you maintain for your facility?<br />
Key Points: Safety factors specifi c to the spa environment (pp 23-25). Include a brief discussion<br />
of the following:<br />
Water temperature factors<br />
Turnover rate factors<br />
Water quality and water chemistry factors<br />
Key Points: Aquatic play feature considerations (p. 25). Include a brief discussion of the following:<br />
Special water chemistry considerations<br />
Compliance with ANSI/APSP-9 2005 recommendations<br />
Compliance with ASTM F2376-08 and ASTM F2361-09<br />
Key Points: Facility record keeping and forms (pp. 25- 27). Include the following records and<br />
forms (refer students to sample forms included on pages 27- 38):<br />
Compliance training records (see page 39)<br />
Incident reports and forms<br />
Water quality testing<br />
Opening and closing checklists<br />
Maintenance records<br />
Key Points: Lifeguard audit procedures and recommendations (pp. 40 – 44) Discuss the<br />
following:<br />
Verifi cation of certifi cation<br />
Verifi cation of individual’s current abilities<br />
In-service training procedures<br />
Safety equipment availability and condition<br />
Compliance training requirements<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 145
Activity: Hand out copies of the Facility Audit Form from Appendix Y of the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
Break the class into groups of 3-4 and have each group conduct an audit at a facility. Allow 30<br />
minutes. Discuss the fi ndings.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 146<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Recreational Water Illnesses Course Outline and Schedule<br />
Lesson 1 (30 minutes)<br />
List three reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />
Explain the steps associated with a systems approach to the allocation of funds for risk<br />
management<br />
Explain what is meant by hazard identifi cation, dose response and exposure<br />
assessment as they relate to risk assessment<br />
Explain why a risk management plan must be adjusted for groups, such as competitive<br />
swimmers, lifeguards and toddlers using wading pools<br />
Lesson 2 (30 minutes)<br />
Explain how microbes are grouped<br />
Explain which microbes are most critical to pool operators<br />
Defi ne the term pathogen<br />
Lesson 3 (30 minutes)<br />
List the three general categories of RWIs<br />
Explain the difference between each category of RWIs<br />
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of utilizing outbreak data reported by the<br />
CDC<br />
Lesson 4 (45 minutes)<br />
List the microorganisms that cause acute gastrointestinal illnesses<br />
Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur<br />
Explain why certain facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />
Lesson 5 (30 minutes)<br />
Explain why dermal irritations and infections are the most common type of RWIs<br />
Explain which microbe is the most common cause of dermal RWIs<br />
Differentiate between chemical and bacterial rashes<br />
Lesson 6 (30 minutes)<br />
Explain the difference between infectious and non-infectious respiratory RWIs<br />
List the most common diseases commonly considered infectious respiratory RWIs<br />
Explain what is meant by chemically induced respiratory diseases<br />
Lesson 7 (30 minutes)<br />
Explain the six types of non-RWIs diseases associated with aquatic settings<br />
List the possible methods to prevent each disease<br />
Indicate which disease is the most dangerous and why<br />
Lesson 8 (60 minutes)<br />
List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms that cause RWIs<br />
Explain the recommended methods for control of infectious RWIs<br />
Reason for monitoring disinfection systems<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 147
How to control chemically induced RWIs<br />
The need for bather education in the control of RWIs<br />
Lesson 9 (45 minutes)<br />
List the four steps in remedial treatment for RWIs<br />
List the types of accidents that would need immediate intervention<br />
Explain the intervention technique that would be employed to minimize a potential<br />
outbreak as a result of an RWI accident<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Training<br />
Time Chapter Topic<br />
8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />
9:00 - 9:30 am 1 Risk Management for RWIs<br />
9:30 - 10:00 am 2 Microbes and Disease<br />
10:00 – 10:30 am 3 Recreational Water Illnesses<br />
10:30 - 10:45 am BREAK<br />
10:45 – 11:30 am 4 Gastrointestinal RWIs<br />
11:30 – 12:00 pm 5 Dermal RWIs<br />
12:00 – 1:00 pm LUNCH<br />
1:00 – 1:30 pm 6 Respiratory RWIs<br />
1:30 – 2:00 pm 7 Other Microorganisms<br />
2:00 – 3:00 pm 8 Methods for Routine Control of RWIs<br />
3:00 – 3:15 pm BREAK<br />
3:15 – 4:00 pm 9 Methods for Remedial Control of RWIs<br />
4:00 – 5:00 pm EXAM (80% minimum to pass)<br />
Page 148<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 1 – Risk Management for RWIs<br />
Chapter: Chapter 1 (pages 1-7)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 1 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
List three reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />
Explain the steps associated with a systems approach to the allocation of funds for risk<br />
management<br />
Explain what is meant by hazard identifi cation, dose response and exposure<br />
assessment as they relate to risk assessment<br />
Explain why a risk management plan must be adjusted for groups, such as competitive<br />
swimmers, lifeguards and toddlers using wading pools<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why are people attracted to aquatic facilities?<br />
What is risk management?<br />
Why is management of aquatic risks important to an operator?<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss the purpose of risk management as it relates to aquatic facilities. (pp.<br />
2-3). Include the following:<br />
Reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />
Methods for ensuring the health and safety of patrons and staff<br />
Steps in a systems approach to risk management<br />
Key Points: Explain what is meant by risk assessment and the factors that infl uence the severity<br />
of a potential risk (p. 3-6). Include information relative to:<br />
Hazard Identifi cation<br />
Potential causes of illness<br />
Dose Response Analysis<br />
Potential complications in determining an accurate dose response<br />
Exposure Assessment<br />
Methods of exposure (skin, ingestion, inhalation)<br />
Key Points: Risk assessment in special groups (p 6). Include information relative to:<br />
Potential high risk groups<br />
Lifeguards<br />
Competitive swimmers<br />
Toddlers<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 149
Key Points: Practical Application of the RWI Risk Management Plan (p 6). Discuss the two<br />
examples provided on pages 6-7.<br />
Example 1 – Risk of exposure to nitrogen trichloride<br />
Example 2 – Risk of infection from Legionella<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 150<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 2 – Microbes and Disease<br />
Chapter: Chapter 2 (pages 9-14)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 2 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
Explain how microbes are grouped<br />
Explain which microbes are most critical to pool operators<br />
Defi ne the term pathogen<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is a microbe?<br />
How are microbes related to RWIs?<br />
Key Points: Defi ne the term virus (p. 9). Include information relative to:<br />
The most common human viruses<br />
Rhinovirus<br />
Infl uenza<br />
Human Papillomavirus (HPV)<br />
Human Immunodefi ciency Virus (HIV)<br />
How viruses are spread<br />
Key Points: Defi ne the term bacteria (p. 10). Include information relative to:<br />
The types of bacteria that causes disease<br />
E. Coli<br />
Shigella<br />
Pseudomonas<br />
Legionella<br />
All bacteria that cause RWI are easily and quickly killed by 1mg/L of chlorine<br />
Key Points: Defi nition of a parasite (p. 11). Include information relative to:<br />
The types of parasites associated with RWIs<br />
Cryptosporidium<br />
Giardia<br />
Crypto is the most serious RWI<br />
Key Points: Describe pathogenic amoebae (p. 12) Include information relative to:<br />
How they are grouped<br />
Naegleria<br />
Acanthamoeba<br />
Potential concern related to RWIs<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 151
Key Points: Describe fungi (p. 12). Include information relative to:<br />
What are fungi?<br />
Potential concern related to RWIs<br />
Trichophyton (athlete’s foot)<br />
Key Points: Algae (p. 12). Include information relative to:<br />
Types of algae found in swimming pools<br />
Green<br />
Black<br />
Mustard<br />
Potential concern for pool operators<br />
Key Points: Biofilm can harbor pathogens (p. 13). What is the health threat?<br />
Description of biofi lms<br />
Where are they found<br />
Concern for pool operators<br />
Pseudomonas in biolfi m<br />
Key Points: Pathogenic vs. non-pathogenic microorganisms (p. 14). Include information relative to:<br />
What is the difference between pathogenic and non-pathogenic?<br />
Obligate pathogens<br />
Opportunistic pathogens<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 152<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 3 – Recreational Water Illnesses<br />
Chapter: Chapter 3 (pages 15-21)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 3 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
List the three general categories of RWIs<br />
Explain the difference between each category of RWIs<br />
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of utilizing outbreak data reported by the<br />
CDC<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the leading RWI found in swimming facilities?<br />
What advantages do you see in the development of the model aquatic health code?<br />
Key Points: Explain the differences between the three general categories of RWIs (p 15).<br />
Include information relative to:<br />
Venue type and RWI outbreaks<br />
Pool<br />
Spa<br />
Gastrointestinal illness<br />
Method of transmission<br />
Possible diseases<br />
Most likely venue for infection<br />
Dermal<br />
Method of transmission<br />
Possible diseases<br />
Most likely venue for infection<br />
Respiratory<br />
Method of transmission<br />
Possible diseases<br />
Most likely venue for infection<br />
Key Points: Indicate the microbial agent and disinfection by-product mostly likely to cause<br />
illnesses (p. 16). Include information relative to:<br />
Bacteria<br />
E. coli<br />
Shigella<br />
Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />
Legionella pneumophilia<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 153
Mycobacterium avium complex<br />
Endotoxins<br />
Viruses<br />
Norvirus<br />
Adenovirus<br />
Parasites<br />
Giardia<br />
Cryptosporidium<br />
Disinfection by-product<br />
Inorganic<br />
Organic<br />
Key Points: How outbreak data from CDC is collected and the process of determining inclusion<br />
or exclusion in the data pool (pp. 17-21). Include information relative to:<br />
Methods of collection<br />
Number of states and agencies generally participating<br />
Criteria for inclusion of information in data pool<br />
How data is indicated in CDC report<br />
Outbreak percentages relative three general categories<br />
Illness percentages relative to three general categories<br />
Data excluded from CDC report<br />
How to overcome the shortcomings of the CDC data pool<br />
Use of research data from scientifi c journals<br />
Anecdotal industry reports<br />
Press releases<br />
Key Points: Relative frequency of RWIs by category (p. 20).<br />
Relative comparison from Table 3-4<br />
Causative agent<br />
Frequency of illness<br />
Press coverage<br />
Key Points: Reason for outbreak variations between various countries and CDC (p. 21). Include<br />
information relative to:<br />
Regional variations in prevalence of disease<br />
Local operating practices<br />
Severity of occurrence<br />
Frequency of secondary disinfection agents<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 154<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 4 – Gastrointestinal Illnesses<br />
Chapter: Chapter 4 (pages 23-34)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 4 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
List the microorganisms that cause acute gastrointestinal illnesses<br />
Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur<br />
Explain why certain facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is a gastrointestinal RWI?<br />
Which is more pathogenic: a gastrointestinal RWI or HIV?<br />
How do you prevent gastrointestinal RWIs?<br />
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the bacterium E. coli (p. 25).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the bacterium Shigella (p. 26).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the Norovirus (pp. 26-27).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 155
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to Hepatitis A (p. 27).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the protozoan Giardia (pp. 27-29).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the parasite Cryptosporidium (pp. 29-31).<br />
Its physical characteristics<br />
Its method of transmission<br />
Its symptoms<br />
Its duration<br />
Its treatment<br />
How it can be prevented<br />
Key Points: Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur (pp. 31-33)<br />
Transmitted in a fecal-oral mode<br />
Microbe incubates in the gastrointestinal tract<br />
Watery diarrhea released into the water<br />
Outbreaks occur over a period of several hours or days when the chlorine level drops<br />
below 1.0 mg/L<br />
Key Points: Explain the types of facilities that are at increased risk for gastrointestinal RWIs (p. 33).<br />
Be sure to include the following:<br />
Type of facility<br />
Therapy<br />
Wading<br />
Swim schools<br />
Play features<br />
Why the facility is consider high risk<br />
Major reason these facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 156<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 5 – Dermal RWIs<br />
Chapter: Chapter 5 (pages 35-46)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 5 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
Explain why dermal irritations and infections are the most common type of RWIs<br />
Explain which microbe is the most common cause of dermal RWIs<br />
Differentiate between chemical and bacterial rashes<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is meant by contact dermatitis?<br />
Why are dermal irritations generally associated with warm water facilities?<br />
Key Points: Discuss the most common types of skin complaints associated with dermal RWIs.<br />
Be sure to include the following (pp. 36-37).<br />
The most common types of skin irritations or rashes<br />
Sites where irritations or rashes are most likely<br />
Incubation time associated with onset of skin irritation or rash<br />
The role of chlorine or bromine as agents for dermal RWIs<br />
General skin irritation or rash<br />
Key Points: Discuss infectious dermal RWIs (pp. 37-41). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Incubation period<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Otitis externa<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Incubation period<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Staphylococcus aureus<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Incubation period<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Adenovirus<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 157
Incubation period<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Key Points: Non-infectious: Contact Dermatitis (pp. 41-44). Be sure to include the following:<br />
What is meant by an irritant contact dermatitis<br />
What is meant by an allergic contact dermatitis<br />
General symptoms of contact dermatitis<br />
Disinfection by-products<br />
The role of disinfection by-products relative to contact dermatitis<br />
Chlorine<br />
Bromine<br />
Reactions to chlorine and bromine disinfectants<br />
Key Points: Determine the difference between chemical and bacterial rashes (p. 45). Include the<br />
following:<br />
Difference between incubation times<br />
How each responds to re-entry in water.<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 158<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 6 – Respiratory RWIs<br />
Chapter: Chapter 6 (pages 47-58)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
RWI Chapter 6 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
Explain the difference between infectious and non-infectious respiratory RWIs<br />
List the most common diseases commonly considered infectious respiratory RWIs<br />
Explain what is meant by chemically induced respiratory diseases<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
How are most respiratory RWIs contracted?<br />
What is legionellosis?<br />
Key Points: Explain the difference between the two types of legionellosis. Be sure to include the<br />
following (pp 47-52).<br />
How the disease is transmitted<br />
People most at risk for each of the types of legionellosis<br />
Which venues are most susceptible to each type of legionellosis<br />
Warning signs for spas and legionellosis outbreaks<br />
Key Points: What is hypersensitivity pneumonitis? (pp. 53-54). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Indicate how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
Key Points: What is Mycobacterium Avium Complex? (pp. 54-55). Be sure to include the<br />
following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />
Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
Key Points: Explain how bacterial endotoxins relate to pathogenic bacteria associated with RWIs<br />
(p. 55). Include the following:<br />
Explain their relationship to E.coli, Shigella and Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />
How they are transmitted<br />
How would the pool operator control the endotoxins<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 159
Key Points: Explain the role of organic and inorganic DBPs as they relate to respiratory RWIs<br />
(pp. 55-57). Include the following:<br />
Difference between each type of DBP<br />
The role nitrogen trichloride in inducing respiratory symptoms and RWIs<br />
The use of supplemental disinfection methods to reduce the DBP that result in the<br />
formation of nitrogen trichloride<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 160<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 7 – Other Microorganisms and Diseases in Aquatic Settings<br />
Chapter: Chapter 7 (pages 59-64)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Chapter 7 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
Explain the six types of non-RWIs diseases associated with aquatic settings<br />
List the possible methods to prevent each disease<br />
Indicate which disease is the most dangerous and why<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why should an aquatic manager be concerned with non-RWIs that might be present in a<br />
facility?<br />
What do you believe is the best method of preventing non-RWI disease?<br />
Key Points: Defi ne Naegleria. Be sure to include the following (pp. 59-60).<br />
How the disease are transmitted<br />
The strain of Naegleria that is of most concern in an aquatic setting<br />
Best method of preventing Naegleria<br />
Key Points: Defi ne Acanthamoeba (pp. 60-61). Be sure to include the following:<br />
The three main types of Acanthamoeba<br />
The danger associated with each type<br />
People most at risk<br />
Best prevention methods<br />
Key Points: What is Schistosoma? (p. 62). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
Key Points: What is tinea pedis? (p. 62). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
Key Points: What is Molluscum contagiosum? (p. 63). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 161
Key Points: What is verruca plantaris? (p. 64). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Characteristics<br />
How introduced into system<br />
Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 162<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 8 – Methods for Routine Control of RWIs<br />
Chapter: Chapter 8 (pages 65-84)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
Chapter 8 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms that cause RWIs<br />
Explain the recommended methods for control of infectious RWIs<br />
Reason for monitoring disinfection systems<br />
How to control chemically induced RWIs<br />
The need for bather education in the control of RWIs<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What steps would you take to prevent and control RWIs in your facility?<br />
What do you believe is the most important step in the prevention of RWIs in your<br />
facility?<br />
Who should be trained at the aquatic facility and why?<br />
Key Points: List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms. Be sure to include the following (pp<br />
66-68).<br />
Discuss fi ll/replacement water as a source<br />
Discuss person-to-person spread<br />
Discuss outbreaks that arise from biofi lms<br />
Key Points: List the various methods of controlling infectious RWIs (pp. 68-74). Be sure to<br />
include the following:<br />
The need for maintaining a constant residual in the water<br />
What is meant by a minimum disinfectant concentration<br />
A defi nition of CT values<br />
Mathematical equation for calculating a CT value<br />
How CT values can assist an operator<br />
Perform a sample CT value calculation<br />
CDC minimum CT values for selected pathogens<br />
Which infectious RWIs are most diffi cult to control?<br />
Key Points: Explain effective methods of monitoring disinfectant (p. 75). Be sure to include the<br />
following:<br />
How often to monitor<br />
Methods available to monitor<br />
Effectiveness of the various monitoring methods<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 163
Key Points: Discuss the ways to control chemically induced RWIs (pp. 76-84). Be sure to<br />
include the following:<br />
Water replacement as a control<br />
Breakpoint chlorination as a control<br />
Use of ultraviolet, ozone or potassium monopersulfate as control methods<br />
Bather hygiene as a control<br />
Importance of indoor air and proper HVAC systems<br />
Air distribution and water system<br />
Key Points: Explain why bather education should be the fi rst line of defense in preventing RWIs<br />
(p. 84). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Difference between drinking water and swimming pool water<br />
Sources for effective educational materials<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 164<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Chapter 9 – Methods for Remedial Control for RWIs<br />
Chapter: Chapter 9 (pages 85-103)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
Chapter 9 PowerPoint Slides<br />
Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />
List the four steps in remedial treatment for RWIs<br />
List the types of accidents that would need immediate intervention<br />
Explain the intervention technique that would be employed to minimize a potential<br />
outbreak as a result of an RWI accident<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the fi rst thing you should do when confronted with an RWI outbreak?<br />
What are the types of incidents that would require immediate intervention?<br />
Key Points: Explain the four steps to determine the appropriate treatment for a possible RWI<br />
issue. Be sure to include the following (pp 85-86).<br />
How to identify the type of incident<br />
How to ensure that all the potential causes have been identifi ed<br />
Which incidents require immediate action<br />
How to select the most appropriate treatment method<br />
Key Points: Discuss the following situations that would require immediate remedial action (pp<br />
86-91). Be sure to include the following:<br />
Blood in the water/deck<br />
Vomit in the water/deck<br />
Formed feces in the water<br />
Diarrhea in the water<br />
CDCs recommendation as to how to respond to each of the above situations<br />
Key Points: Include a brief discussion of the following factors relative to the remedial treatment<br />
of RWI accidents (pp. 91-93).<br />
The level of CYA that is considered to infl uence the effectiveness of hyperchlorinaton<br />
Connecting aquatic attractions<br />
Need for a community wide response when dealing with Cryptosporidium<br />
Key Points: Discuss the infl uence of dermal outbreaks (pp. 93-99). Be sure to include the<br />
following:<br />
How to distinguish infections from contact dermatitis<br />
Factors to consider relative to pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />
Outbreaks related to disinfection by products<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 165
Key Points: Discuss the various types of respiratory outbreaks and recommended treatment<br />
procedures (pp. 99-103). Be sure to include the following:<br />
A brief discuss of the two types of legionellosis<br />
Discuss treatment of the facility after Legionella outbreaks<br />
A brief discuss of hypersensitivity pneumonitis<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 166<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
SECTION 7<br />
The Certified Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI) Course<br />
Section Contents:<br />
Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Course Administrative Guidelines ................169<br />
Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Course Schedule ..........................................173<br />
Lesson 1 – Introduction and Code Enforcement ............................................175<br />
Lesson 2 – Operation and Maintenance ........................................................177<br />
Lesson 3 – Disinfection ..................................................................................179<br />
Lesson 4 – Circulation Systems and Equipment ............................................181<br />
Lesson 5 – Spas, RWIs and Supervision .......................................................183<br />
Lesson 6 – Aquatic Play Features .................................................................185<br />
Lesson 7 – Swimming Pool Design Standards ..............................................187<br />
Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector On-site Inspection Opportunity .....................189<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 167
Page 168<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
The Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Course Administrative Guidelines<br />
COURSE DESIGN<br />
The Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI) course is designed to provide a standardized training<br />
program for health offi cials and pool operators on how to conduct pool and spa inspections.<br />
The purpose of this training program is to assure a sanitary, healthy, and safe environment for<br />
the public when using swimming pools and spas. A copy of the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector<br />
Handbook is provided to each student enrolled in the course.<br />
Anyone that has a current CPO ® certification may get an additional CPI certifi cation through the<br />
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation by completing the course successfully and submitting a<br />
certifi cation request with a $30 (USD) fee to NSPF.<br />
INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />
An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector course by fi rst<br />
completing the online training course for the program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain<br />
access to the course. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the record of<br />
completion for the course.<br />
COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />
At the end of this course the student will be able to:<br />
Explain the basis for the code requirements and why a violation is a public health hazard<br />
Explain how to perform an inspection of the pool and spa area<br />
Demonstrate how to evaluate swimming pool operation and maintenance<br />
Explain how the circulation system and its components work<br />
List the step needed to evaluate a facility for Pool & Spa Safety Act compliance<br />
Explain the uniqueness in spa inspections<br />
Explain how recreational water illnesses are spread<br />
List the types of supervision and operator records<br />
Explain the uniqueness of aquatic play feature inspections<br />
Explain the basic concepts of swimming pool design standards and their impact on<br />
public health<br />
COURSE PREPARATION<br />
The Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Training course can be offered as an online course with little<br />
preparation by the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> or as a 4-6 hour instructor led course. If taught as an instructor<br />
led course an instructor will need to consider the following:<br />
Training schedule<br />
Facility<br />
Promotion<br />
Staffi ng<br />
Course materials<br />
Course fees<br />
Registration process<br />
CPI certifi cation process<br />
Examination process<br />
Course administration<br />
©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 169
TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />
The CPI course should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation prior to the date<br />
of the course. As with other NSPF courses registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the<br />
start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed textbooks from NSPF.<br />
The time guidelines recommended for each of the six lessons have a degree of fl exibility. The<br />
CPI course has an optional lesson that is designed to provide hands on experience with the steps<br />
involved in conducting an on-site pool/spa inspection. The seventh lesson should be geared to<br />
fi t the specifi c needs of the potential inspector so that their fi rst inspection is not as onerous. All<br />
participants, however, should take the end of course exam at the same time.<br />
As mentioned there are two formats for conducting a CPI course, the 4-6 hour in-class format or<br />
the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />
student can purchase the access code directly from NSPF.<br />
Prerequisites<br />
Time<br />
Requirement<br />
Completion<br />
Requirement<br />
Full Course None 4-6 hours Minimum 80% on<br />
CPI lesson exam<br />
Online Course None Access to CPI<br />
online course<br />
Minimum 80% on<br />
CPI lesson exam<br />
Optional Practice<br />
Inspection<br />
Completion of CPI<br />
Course<br />
60 Minutes<br />
COURSE SET-UP<br />
The CPI course can be set up in a similar fashion as recommended for a CPO ® certifi cation<br />
course. An instructor can also consider adding the CPI lessons as add-ons to a CPO ®<br />
certifi cation course when it would be appropriate for the background of the participants.<br />
PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />
As with any NSPF course it is the instructor’s responsibility to adequately advertise the availability<br />
of the course. Sample brochures and fl yers are available in the instructor section of the NSPF<br />
website. Additional information is also available from the NSPF offi ce via fax or email.<br />
STAFFING AND ENDORSEMENTS<br />
Whenever appropriate an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> is encouraged to seek the assistance of an expert<br />
in the fi eld when the use of such a person would prove benefi cial to the class participants. If an<br />
outside speaker is utilized students should be reminded that lesson exams are based upon the<br />
content of the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s should also be mindful of the NSPF endorsement restrictions and inform any guest<br />
presenter of the endorsement guidelines.<br />
COURSE MATERIALS AND COURSE FEES<br />
Orders for any textbook materials or access codes should be placed at least 10-14 days in<br />
advance to ensure on-time delivery. <strong>Instructor</strong>s are encouraged to purchase CPI access code<br />
packets to have available for student purchase.<br />
Payment options as defi ned for CPO ® certifi cation courses apply to CPI courses.<br />
Page 170<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase 10 CPI Handbooks for $100.00. Handbook and access code<br />
combinations can also be purchased from NSPF at a discount to instructors. The retail price for<br />
the online course and CPI Handbook combination is $50. <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase access codes<br />
and CPI Handbooks for $25 per set.<br />
CERTIFICATION<br />
The prerequisite to obtaining CPI certifi cation is a current CPO ® certifi cation. CPI certifi cation is<br />
valid as long as a current CPO ® certifi cation is maintained.<br />
Students completing the online CPI course must complete the certifi cation request form (available<br />
in the online course) and return it to NSPF with the $30 certifi cation fee to receive CPI certifi cation.<br />
Students without a current CPO ® certifi cation may print out a Record of Completion from the<br />
online course.<br />
Students completing the classroom CPI course will receive their CPI certifi cation in the mail from<br />
NSPF.<br />
COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />
Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your CPI certifi cation course, you must submit the<br />
following to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />
1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />
You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record as shown in<br />
Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The General Course<br />
Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />
Location of the course<br />
Starting and ending dates<br />
Complete names of all participants attending class<br />
Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />
CPI certifi cation exam grade<br />
2. EXAM RESULTS<br />
All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be returned<br />
to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued CPI certifi cation. You should<br />
keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received less than 80% on the<br />
CPI certifi cation exam.<br />
3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />
A Certifi cation Fee of $30.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted<br />
to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cation fees must accompany the General<br />
Course Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />
4. REPORTING<br />
A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />
listed, all CPI certifi cation exams (both passing and failing), and the $30.00 per participant<br />
certifi cation fee must be mailed to the:<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 171
<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
4775 Granby Circle<br />
Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />
Page 172<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Course Schedule<br />
Lesson 1 (45 minutes)<br />
Introduction<br />
Pool/spa inspection report<br />
Public health hazards<br />
Incident report<br />
The need for inspections<br />
Lesson 2 (30 minutes<br />
Areas that impact public health<br />
Role of competitive governing bodies<br />
Ways to minimize or prevent starting block and deck slide injuries<br />
Inspecting ladders, handrails and steps<br />
Inspecting pool decks and surfaces<br />
CPSC barrier recommendations<br />
Depth markers<br />
Special purpose pools<br />
Rolling bulkheads<br />
Moveable bottom pools<br />
Lesson 3 (30 minutes)<br />
Meaning of turnover rate<br />
Need for disinfectants in pools/spas<br />
Disinfectant feeders<br />
Overview of gas chlorination systems<br />
Other disinfectant chemicals<br />
Defi nition of pH and pH values<br />
Proper chemical handling and storage<br />
Overview of test kits and testing procedures<br />
Determining water balance<br />
Calculating the saturation index<br />
Lesson 4 (60 minutes)<br />
Circulation systems components<br />
Surface water removal & return<br />
Types of fi lters in pools/spas<br />
The Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act<br />
The fi ve forms of entrapment<br />
The relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />
Unblockable drains and sumps<br />
Pool and Spa Safety act enforcement<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 173
Lesson 5 (45 minutes)<br />
Types of spa warning signs<br />
Spa circulation systems<br />
Spa disinfection, pH and water replacement<br />
Recreational water illnesses (RWIs)<br />
Calculating disinfection times for RWIs<br />
Blood and vomit contamination and disinfection<br />
Types of required records<br />
Determining supervision levels and equipment needs<br />
Lesson 6 (30 minutes)<br />
Types of aquatic play features (APFs)<br />
Differences between interactive play features and other APFs<br />
Lesson 7 (30 minutes)<br />
Items in a typical design report<br />
NFPA 70 electrical code<br />
NFPA 70 and the swimming pool<br />
Indoor ventilation requirements<br />
Water supply and wastewater disposal<br />
Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Training<br />
Time Section Topic<br />
8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & Housekeeping<br />
9:00 - 9:45 am 1 Introduction and Code Enforcement<br />
9:45 - 10:15 am 2 Operations and Maintenance<br />
10:15 – 10:30 am - BREAK<br />
10:30 – 11:00 am 2 Disinfection<br />
11:00 – 12:00 am 2/3/4 Circulation Systems<br />
12:15 - 1:15 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />
1:15 – 2:00 pm 5/6/7 Spas, RWIs and Supervision<br />
2:00 – 2:30 pm 8 Aquatic Play Features<br />
2:30 - 3:00 pm 9 Swimming Pool Design Standards<br />
3:00 – 3:15 pm - BREAK<br />
3:15 - 4:45 pm - On-Site Inspection<br />
4:45 – 6:00 pm EXAM (80% minimum)<br />
Page 174<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 1 – Introduction and Code Enforcement<br />
Handbook: Pages 1 - 4<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 1 Slides<br />
Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain why the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector program is important<br />
2. List the objectives of the CPI program<br />
3. Explain who should become trained as a Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector<br />
4. Explain the need for standardize regulations and subsequent code enforcement<br />
5. Explain what is meant by a public health hazard<br />
6. List the aquatic incidents that most often require facilities to fi le an injury and illness<br />
reports<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Why is it important for a pool inspector to become familiar with the content of the CPI<br />
program?<br />
Who do you believe should be required to take the CPI training course?<br />
What role do you believe the health department plays in minimizing public health<br />
hazards associated with aquatic environments?<br />
How does your jurisdiction handle pool closures?<br />
Key Points: Briefl y explain the areas generally found in a pool/spa inspection report. This should<br />
include:<br />
Design and construction<br />
Safety & supervision<br />
Recirculation systems<br />
Chemical and fi lter-aid feeding<br />
Pool chemistry and quality<br />
Equipment, maintenance, cleaning<br />
Key Points: Discuss some of the factors that most often result in creating a public health hazard.<br />
These would include:<br />
Failure to provide adequate supervision<br />
Failure to maintain the minimum disinfectant residual<br />
Presence of glass or sharp objects in swimming pool area<br />
Absence of proper depth markings<br />
Absence of required lifeguarding equipment<br />
See page for page 4 for additional items to be included in your discussion<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 175
Key Points: Discuss the need for an incident report when any of the following occur:<br />
An incident that results in death<br />
An incident that required resuscitation<br />
An incident that required hospitalization<br />
An incident that resulted from possible water quality issues<br />
Key Points: Discuss the need for an inspection as a result of the following situation:<br />
New pool or spa construction<br />
Renovation to existing facilities<br />
The role of compliance certifi cations<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 176<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 2 – Operation and Maintenance<br />
Handbook: Pages 5 – 10)<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 2 slides<br />
Revised ADA Regulations (Appendix A from the CPI Handbook)<br />
Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handout<br />
(Appendix BB from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Identify the areas that have a potential impact on public health as related to pools/<br />
spas<br />
2. Explain the role of the various competitive governing bodies and the general<br />
requirements associated with diving depth design<br />
3. List the characteristics of properly installed deck slides, starting blocks, ladders and<br />
steps<br />
4. List the important features when inspecting pool and spa decks<br />
5. List fi ve factors recommended by the CPSC as it relates to pool/spa safety barriers<br />
6. Explain the ADA compliance requirements as related to accessibility<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What factors around a pool/spa have the greatest impact on public health?<br />
What are some of the design features used when installing starting block and ladders?<br />
What is the CPSC and why are their recommendations important to a pool inspector?<br />
What changes were recently made to the ADA as related to facility accessibility?<br />
Key Points: List the various areas that can impact public health. Include a discussion of:<br />
Diving depth requirement<br />
Ladders, steps and deck slides<br />
Fencing and depth markings<br />
Special purpose facilities<br />
Key Points: Discuss the role of competitive governing bodies as it relates to diving and depth<br />
design requirements.<br />
General role of FINA, NCAA, USA Diving and their recommendations as related to water<br />
depth and water geometry below diving apparatuses<br />
Key Points: Discuss ways to minimize or prevent injuries associated with the use of starting block<br />
or deck slides. Include:<br />
Recommendation as to who should be allowed to use them<br />
Physical safety recommendations when not in use<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 177
Key Points: Discuss the process for inspecting ladders, handrails and steps. Include:<br />
Inspection of treads<br />
Placement and stability of units<br />
Recommendation as to location of ladders, handrails and steps.<br />
Key Points: Discuss the factors to consider when inspecting pool decks and surfaces. Include a<br />
discussion of:<br />
Factors that present a public health hazard<br />
Typical code requirements associated with amount of free space around a pool<br />
The need for and use of non-skid materials during construction<br />
Adequate drainage<br />
Key Points: Discuss the CPSC recommendations related to pool/spa barriers. Include a<br />
discussion of:<br />
Height of the barriers<br />
Locations and type of locking mechanism<br />
Size of opening in fencing materials<br />
Additional information from Appendix CC that is viewed as important<br />
Key Points: Provide a brief overview of the inclusion of depth markers. Include a discussion of:<br />
Location of makers<br />
Size of lettering used<br />
Durability of markings<br />
Key Points: Provide a brief overview of what is meant by the phrase special purpose pools.<br />
Include a discussion of purpose of such pools and potential hazards associated with this type of<br />
facility.<br />
Cover ADA compliance issues as listed in Appendix A<br />
Key Points: Provide a brief overview of the use of rolling bulkheads, their operation and<br />
advantages, including:<br />
Operational guidelines<br />
Required or recommended signage<br />
Key Points: Explain the use of movable bottom pools. Include a brief discussion of:<br />
Operational guidelines<br />
Required or recommended signage<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 178<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 3 – Disinfection<br />
Handbook: Pages 11 – 18<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 3 slides<br />
Chemical Storage video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Water Testing video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the concept of turnover rate<br />
2. Calculate the turnover rate for a given facility<br />
3. List the various types of disinfectants used in pools and spa<br />
4. Explain how disinfectants are feed into the circulation system of a pool/spa<br />
5. Describe how to safely handle and store chemicals<br />
6. Discuss the basics of proper pool water testing<br />
7. Properly calculate a facilities water balance<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What does turnover rate indicate?<br />
What are the factors needed to determine the turnover rate of a facility?<br />
Why types of disinfectants are allowed by your codes?<br />
Do your local codes require a specifi c method of adding chemicals to a facility?<br />
What safety equipment do you need to safely handle pool chemicals?<br />
What does the saturation index value tell you about a pool?<br />
Key Points: Explain what is meant by turnover rate. Discuss:<br />
The factors needed to determine a facility’s turnover rate<br />
Demonstrate a turnover rate calculation<br />
Have students practice calculating the turnover rate for a facility<br />
Explain the need for being able to calculate a facilities turnover rate<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss need for using a disinfectant in a pool/spa. Include:<br />
The two classes of chlorine-based disinfectants<br />
The relationship between HOCL and OCL-<br />
What is meant by a residual disinfectant level<br />
Alternative methods of disinfecting such as electrolytic chlorine generation<br />
Brominating disinfectants<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss disinfectant feeders. Include the following:<br />
The role of NSF and UL in evaluation of feeders<br />
The four types of chemical feeders<br />
Peristaltic<br />
Diaphragm and piston<br />
Erosion feeders<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 179
Gas feeders<br />
Points to consider when inspecting the feeder system of a facility<br />
Key Points: Provide an overview of gas chlorination systems. Include a discussion of:<br />
Health considerations when handling gas chlorine<br />
Special requirements associated with gas chlorine utilization<br />
Storage of cylinders<br />
Key Points: Provide a brief discussion of other disinfectant chemicals that an inspector might<br />
encounter during an inspection.<br />
Key Points: Defi ne pH and the range of pH values commonly associated with swimming pool and<br />
spas. Include a discussion of:<br />
Ideal pH values, acceptable pH values<br />
The effect of pH values outside the generally accepted range<br />
Chemicals generally used to adjust pH in pools or spa<br />
Key Points: Discuss proper chemical handling and storage. Include a discussion of:<br />
NFPA guidelines on how to properly store chemicals considered oxidizers<br />
Hazard communication and personal protection equipment recommendations<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> can use chemical storage video to enhance this lesson<br />
Key Points: Provide a brief overview of test kits and testing procedures. Show water testing video<br />
contained on the instructor DVD and then discuss the following:<br />
The four basic methods of testing pool/spa water<br />
The two measurements that have the greatest infl uence on public health illness<br />
prevention<br />
The use of DPD test procedures that allow for differentiation between free chlorine and<br />
total chlorine values in a pool/spa<br />
The requirements for automated testing procedures and ORP values<br />
Key Points: Discuss how to determine pool/spa water balance. Include a discussion of:<br />
What a SI value indicates to a pool/spa operator or inspector<br />
The chemical test needed to determine a SI value for a facility<br />
How to handle a tested value that does not have a specifi c factor on the SI factor chart<br />
Key Points: Have student practice calculating an SI for a given facility. Include:<br />
How to properly use and interpret the table on page 19 as it applies to local codes<br />
A teacher lead example of the calculation procedure<br />
Student practice of calculation procedure<br />
The order and sequence of steps to adjust for a value that should be adjusted to<br />
balance a pool/spa<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 180<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 4 – Circulation Systems and Equipment<br />
Handbook: Pages 18 – 31<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
60 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 4 slides<br />
Pump Room Tour video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
P&SS Act Compliance Inspection Form handout<br />
(Appendix V from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this unit student will be able to:<br />
1. List the components of a circulation system<br />
2. Explain how water is regulated within the circulation system<br />
3. Explain how pool/spa water is fi ltered<br />
4. Differentiate between the three most popular fi lter media<br />
5. Compare the fl ow rate of the various types of fi lter media<br />
6. Given the appropriate values, calculate the fl ow rate for a given pool<br />
7. Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />
8. List the 5 types of suction entrapment<br />
9. Explain how to prevent or minimize the potential causes of suction entrapment<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What is the main function of a circulation system?<br />
How does the circulation system accomplish its main purpose?<br />
What are the different fi lter types and how are they used?<br />
Have you conducted any Pool and Spa Safety Act inspections?<br />
Video Demo: Show the Pump Room Tour video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Key Points: Explain the components of a pool/spa circulation system. Include the following:<br />
Components of the system (include pumps, piping, fi lters, heaters, testing and<br />
disinfection equipment). Must be NSFI approved.<br />
Key Points: Provide an explanation of how water is removed from the surface of a pool/spa.<br />
Include the following:<br />
Perimeter overfl ow systems (gutters)<br />
Skimmers<br />
Key Points: Provide an explanation of how water is removed and returned to the pool/spa basin.<br />
Include the following:<br />
Role of a pump and strainers<br />
Role of inlets<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 181
Key Points: Explain the various types of fi lters found at pools/spas. Include the following:<br />
What is meant by fi lter media rate<br />
Sand fi lters and their fi lter media rate<br />
Diatomaceous Earth fi lter and its fi lter media rate<br />
Cartridge fi lter and its fi lter media rate<br />
Key Points: Discuss the Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act. Include the following:<br />
When the act became effective<br />
The purpose of the act<br />
The requirements to be compliant with the act<br />
Single main drain other than an unblockable<br />
Multiple drains less than three feet apart<br />
A review of the VGB Inspection Compliance form on pp 30-31.<br />
Key Points: Explain the fi ve forms of entrapment. Include the following:<br />
Body entrapment<br />
Hair entrapment<br />
Limb entrapment<br />
Mechanical entrapment<br />
Evisceration/disembowelment<br />
Key Points: Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate. Include the following:<br />
Brief discussion of turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />
How to determine fl ow rate<br />
Flow meters<br />
Total dynamic head – how determined and pump curve relationship<br />
Key Points: Provide an explanation of unblockable drains and sumps. Include a discussion of the<br />
following:<br />
Requirements to be considered an unblockable drain<br />
Sumps requirements as specifi ed by ANSI/APSP - 16<br />
Test requirements<br />
Suction fi tting labeling requirements<br />
Key Points: Discuss the enforcement of the P&SS Act. Include the following:<br />
Where a full copy of the act can be obtained<br />
CPSC and State Attorneys General enforcement power<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 182<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 5 – Spas, RWIs and Supervision<br />
Handbook: Pages 32 – 37<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
45 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 5 slides<br />
Spas video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the appropriate warning signs that should be posted at a spa operation<br />
2. List the circulation requirements of a spa as compared to a pool<br />
3. Indicate the maximum temperature allowed for Spa water<br />
4. Defi ne RWIs and explain how RWIs are spread<br />
5. Explain the CDC Fecal Incident Response Recommendations<br />
6. Calculate the disinfection time for a given fecal incident<br />
7. List the various pool rules that should be present at any aquatic facility<br />
8. Explain what is needed to have adequate supervision at an aquatic facility<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are RWIs?<br />
What types of records do your codes require a facility to maintain?<br />
What does CT mean in reference to RWIs?<br />
What is the maximum recommended temperature for spa water?<br />
Video Demo: Show the Water Testing video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />
Key Points: Explain the various types of warning signs that should be posted at a spa. Be sure to<br />
include:<br />
Signage relative to temperature<br />
Medication use<br />
Time exposure<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss spa circulation systems. Include a discussion of:<br />
The difference between swimming pools and spas<br />
The minimum turnover rate generally required for a spa<br />
Length of time a person should remain in the spa<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss spa disinfection, pH and water replacement. Include the following:<br />
Need for higher levels of disinfectant relative to a swimming pool<br />
Elevated TDS levels<br />
How to determine a spa’s water replacement interval<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 183
Key Points: Defi ne RWIs and how they are spread. Include a discussion of:<br />
The types of RWIs that can be found in spa water<br />
How RWIs are spread<br />
Key Points: Explain the procedure to calculate disinfection time as a result of RWIs. Include a<br />
discussion for:<br />
Formed stools<br />
Diarrhea<br />
How to maintain a fecal incident log<br />
Key Points: Explain vomit and blood contamination disinfection. Include a discussion of:<br />
Germs that are most likely spread by vomit<br />
Danger of the spread of Hepatitis or HIV from blood introduced in a swimming pool/spa<br />
CDC and OSHA recommendations for decontamination of vomit and blood<br />
Recommend the Advanced RWI online course from NSPF<br />
Key Points: Discuss the types of records that a facility may be required to maintain. Include a<br />
discussion of:<br />
Who will defi ne the required records<br />
Recommended records that would typically be required by your codes.<br />
Key Points: Explain why the type of facility and its use determine the level of supervision needed.<br />
Include a discussion of:<br />
The types of pools and their use<br />
The methods to determine whether adequate supervision is present<br />
How pool rules can facilitate or help manager the level of supervision<br />
Key Points: Briefl y discuss the minimum level of recommended lifeguard equipment that should<br />
be present at an aquatic facility. Include a discussion of:<br />
Equipment specifi ed by codes<br />
Equipment consider essential within the industry<br />
Accessibility and condition of the lifeguard equipment present at the facility<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 184<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 6 – Aquatic Play Features<br />
Handbook: Pages 38 – 41<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
CPI Lesson 6 slides<br />
Aquatic Play Feature Handbook (Optional)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the difference between the various types of aquatic play features<br />
2. List the turnover rate for the various classes of aquatic play feature<br />
3. Explain the disinfection process needs for aquatic play features and how they differ<br />
from pools/spas<br />
4. Explain why supplemental disinfectants are used in aquatic play features<br />
5. Explain the use of a treatment tank for interactive play features<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What makes aquatic play features different from pools/spa?<br />
Can you name the different types of play features?<br />
What supplemental disinfectant do you use with your aquatic play features?<br />
Key Points: Explain the six types of aquatic play features. Be sure to include:<br />
General characteristics of each<br />
Wave pools<br />
Activity pools<br />
Catch pools<br />
Water slides<br />
Continuous surfi ng pools<br />
Commonly accepted turnover rate requirements for each<br />
Key Points: Explain what makes interactive play features different from other aquatic play<br />
features. Include a discussion of:<br />
Types of activities that comprise this type of feature<br />
Entry level<br />
Operation consideration and maintenance<br />
Turnover rate<br />
Interactive play system treatment tank<br />
Signage<br />
Recommend the Aquatic Play Feature course form NSPF<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 185
Page 186<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Lesson 7 – Swimming Pool Design Standards<br />
Handbook: Pages 41 – 44<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
30 minutes<br />
Swimming Pool Design Standards Slides<br />
Electrical Audit Checklist handout<br />
(Appendix CC in the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the items to be included in a design report<br />
2. Conduct an electrical audit of their facility<br />
3. List the ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air<br />
Quality requirements for an indoor swim facility<br />
4. Conduct an audit of the potable water supply and wastewater disposal for a swim<br />
facility<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
Can you list 3 items that should be in a design report?<br />
Can you list 4 items that are included in the NFPA 70: <strong>National</strong> Electrical Code?<br />
Can you list the minimum air fl ow for an indoor pool as required by the 2007 ANSI/<br />
ASHRAE standards?<br />
Key Points: Explain the items generally included in a typical design report. Be sure to include:<br />
Pool dimensions (volume, perimeter, area)<br />
Flow rate, turnover rate and fi ltration rate<br />
Anticipated swimmer load<br />
Source water characteristics<br />
Description of fi ltration and circulation equipment<br />
Head loss in piping and recirculation equipment<br />
Pump curve to determine fl ow rate<br />
Key Points: Explain the items included in the NFPA 70 Electrical Code. Recommend the NSPF<br />
Electrical Safety online course for students to review and then discuss the following:<br />
GFCI requirements for all equipment<br />
Grounding for underwater lighting<br />
Receptacle requirements and placement<br />
Voltage and amperage requirements for various pieces of equipment (pool pump motor,<br />
etc.)<br />
Junction box location<br />
Bonding requirement<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 187
Key Points: Explain the items included in the NFPA 70 Electrical Code as it specifically relates to<br />
lighting used around the pool. Include a discussion of:<br />
Wattage<br />
Emergency lighting<br />
GFCI<br />
Recommend the Electrical Safety Work Practices and Standards (NFPA 70E) online<br />
course from NSPF<br />
Key Points: Explain ventilation requirements as outlined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1.2007.<br />
Include a discussion of:<br />
The NSPF Indoor Air Quality online course and why they should take the course<br />
The cubic metres per minute of outdoor air per square metre of pool and deck area<br />
Recommend the Indoor Air Quality online course from NSPF<br />
Key Points: Explain the requirements for water supply and wastewater disposal. Include a<br />
discussion of:<br />
Backfl ow prevention devices and steps<br />
Proper disposal of all wastewater as per local or state code<br />
Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />
have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />
lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 188<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
Certified Pool/Spa Inspector On-site Inspection Opportunity<br />
Suggested Time:<br />
PowerPoint Slides:<br />
Materials:<br />
Purpose:<br />
90 minutes<br />
None<br />
Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report handout<br />
(Appendix U from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Electrical Safety Audit Checklist handout<br />
(Appendix CC from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handout<br />
(Appendix BB from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />
Copy of state or local codes relative to inspection requirement<br />
Provide participants an opportunity to conduct a mock inspection of a<br />
functioning aquatic facility.<br />
Objectives: At the conclusion of this lesson the learner will be able to:<br />
1. Explain how to conduct a pool/spa inspection<br />
2. List the diffi culties in conducting a pool/spa inspection<br />
3. Perform an electrical safety audit<br />
4. Perform a swimming pool/spa barrier inspection<br />
Leading Questions:<br />
What are the areas that should be included in an inspection report?<br />
How should a person begin the process of conducting a facility inspection?<br />
What background should one have to be at ease when conducting any of the three<br />
audits discussed in the handbook?<br />
Key Points: Review the content of each of the three inspections forms.<br />
Activity: Review the Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report, Electrical Safety Audit Checklist,<br />
and Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handouts with a copy of the local health<br />
code to determine areas of compatibility and difference. Have student indicate possible reasons<br />
for difference.<br />
Activity: Divide the class participants into three groups and assign them one of the three<br />
inspections to complete (approximately 20 minutes).<br />
Activity: Allow each group approximately 10 minutes to fi nalize their fi ndings and to develop an<br />
oral report to be present to the collective class.<br />
Activity: Allow each group to make a 10 minute presentation to the collective class.<br />
Activity: Provide feedback to each group to reinforce their inspection and to facilitate future<br />
inspections.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 189
Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />
completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />
offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />
Page 190<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX<br />
Section Contents<br />
Appendix A – NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site ........................................................193<br />
Appendix B – Checklist And Time Schedules ................................................195<br />
Appendix C – On-Site Checklist .....................................................................197<br />
Appendix D – Class Scheduling Guidelines for NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s .................199<br />
Appendix E – Sample Pool Operator Primer Record of Completion ..............200<br />
Appendix F – Sample Letter – Registration Confi rmation ..............................201<br />
Appendix G – Sample Letter – Registration Confi rmation w/ PMW ...............202<br />
Appendix H – Sample Letter – Congratulations .............................................203<br />
Appendix I – Sample Letter – Repeat Course ................................................204<br />
Appendix J – Calculation Formulas ................................................................205<br />
Appendix K – Water Quality Guidelines .........................................................206<br />
Appendix L – Langelier Saturation Index .......................................................207<br />
Appendix M – Saturation Index Worksheet ....................................................208<br />
Appendix N – Chemical Adjustment Worksheet ............................................209<br />
Appendix O – Water Chemistry Adjustment Guide ........................................210<br />
Appendix P – Breakpoint Chlorination Worksheet .........................................211<br />
Appendix Q – Calculations Homework ...........................................................212<br />
Appendix R – NSPF CPO ® Certifi cation Course Record ................................214<br />
Appendix S – CPO ® Certifi cation Course Evaluation .....................................216<br />
Appendix T – General Course Record ...........................................................217<br />
Appendix U – Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report .............................219<br />
Appendix V – Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form ...........220<br />
Appendix W – On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit ........................................222<br />
Appendix X – Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist ............................224<br />
Appendix Y – Facility Audit Form ...................................................................226<br />
Appendix Z – Accessing Online Training Courses with an Access Code ......234<br />
Appendix AA – Sample Facility Layout ..........................................................235<br />
Appendix BB – Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist .......................236<br />
Appendix CC – Electrical Safety Audit Checklist ...............................................238<br />
Appendix DD – Course Pricing & MSRP ........................................................240<br />
Appendix EE – <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement .............................................................243<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 191
Page 192<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX A<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site<br />
After becoming an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>, you will be granted access to the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site.<br />
This page contains many resources for instructors, including:<br />
Web form to submit your classes for inclusion on the NSPF class schedule page<br />
Various worksheets & handouts for classes<br />
Promotional materials and logos<br />
Administrative documents<br />
To access the instructor site, got to www.nspf.org, click the login link, enter your account’s email<br />
address and password and click “Login”.<br />
This will take you to your account page (shown below). Click the <strong>Instructor</strong>s link to enter the site.<br />
NOTE: If you haven’t signed in to your account since mid-2010, you may need to link or create<br />
an eProAcademy account before you can access the instructor site. If you see the Link/Create<br />
screen, follow the instructions on the page to continue.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 193
APPENDIX A<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site (cont)<br />
Navigate the instructor site by clicking the options on the right.<br />
If you wish to save any fi les to your computer, simply right-click the link and select the “save as”<br />
option.<br />
Page 194<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX B<br />
CPO® Certification Course Checklist & Time Schedule<br />
6-12 Months<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pick the course dates and times<br />
Notify NSPF and request course posting on the NSPF web site to help attract students.<br />
Avoid holidays, events (Super Bowl, etc.), and scheduling confl icts (i.e., two CPO ® certifi cation<br />
classes cannot be held in the same city on the same dates).<br />
Select dates that best fi t the needs of the participants.<br />
Obtain course location<br />
Facility should be large enough to accommodate a classroom set-up with oversized tables.<br />
Request a separate registration area.<br />
Arrange any presentation equipment (computer projector, overhead projector, screen, PA system,<br />
speaker’s podium, extension cords, adapters, etc.).<br />
Make food arrangements as appropriate. Food/coffee purchases can be used to negotiate a<br />
discount on the room rental.<br />
Insist on a written agreement/contract.<br />
Select certifi ed instructor staff<br />
Request any special needs in writing.<br />
Confi rm any fi nancial arrangements in writing.<br />
Obtain guest speaker(s)<br />
Request any special needs in writing.<br />
Confi rm any fi nancial arrangements in writing.<br />
4 Months<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Plan course schedule<br />
Consider recommended contact hours for course.<br />
Consider number of sessions (two 8-hour, four 4-hour, eight 2-hour, etc.).<br />
Set specifi c topic times.<br />
Design and print brochures/fl yers<br />
Include dates, times, location, directions, fees, registration information, sponsor, contact person,<br />
phone numbers, what to bring, food arrangements, program schedule.<br />
Brochures typically take 3-4 weeks to print. Mass-produced brochures may be less expensive and<br />
can be customized by printing information that is “dated” with a “home” printer. “Dated information”<br />
may include time, location, guest speaker, etc.<br />
Submit promotional press release<br />
Organizational newsletters or magazines.<br />
Agency publications.<br />
Health Departments.<br />
2 Months<br />
<br />
<br />
Mail out course brochures/fl yers<br />
Addresses of potential participants may be obtained from health departments, organizational<br />
membership lists, and phone books.<br />
Order course textbooks and exams from NSPF<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 195
APPENDIX B<br />
CPO® Certification Course Checklist & Time Schedule (cont’d)<br />
1 Month<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Confi rm course location<br />
Follow-up to guarantee all arrangements.<br />
Contact instructor(s) and guest speaker(s)<br />
Arrange travel, lodging and transportation.<br />
Send course schedule with specifi c times.<br />
Submit local newspaper press release<br />
2 Weeks<br />
<br />
Mail course materials to participants<br />
Include textbook, course schedule, map, directions, and what to bring.<br />
1 Week<br />
<br />
<br />
Confi rm fi nal attendance with course facility<br />
Confi rm instructor and guest speaker arrangements<br />
1 Day<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Meet with instructor(s) and speaker(s) to fi nalize program format<br />
Check classroom set-up and equipment<br />
Check all program materials<br />
Ongoing<br />
<br />
<br />
Respond to inquiries<br />
Send “Confi rmation of Receipt” of participant’s registration<br />
1 Week After<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Send “Congratulations Letter” to passing participants<br />
Send “Course Repeat Letter” to failing participants<br />
Pay any fi nancial obligations<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>(s) and speaker(s)<br />
Facility, food, etc.<br />
Submit course certifi cation record to NSPF<br />
Use the Course Certifi cation Form. List the names and address of both the passing and failing<br />
students.<br />
Include exams of all participants – both passing and failing<br />
Include $30.00 registration fee for each participant.<br />
Develop permanent course fi le<br />
All participant registrations.<br />
Copies of all agreements and correspondence.<br />
Copies of any “failed” exams.<br />
Financial summary with receipts.<br />
Page 196<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX C<br />
On-Site Checklist<br />
Registration Area<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Tables, chairs<br />
Flipchart, blackboard, easel<br />
Signs<br />
Receipt book<br />
Cash box with change<br />
Extra calculators<br />
Markers, pens, pencils, paper, stapler, paper clips, tape<br />
Facility<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Restrooms<br />
Emergency exits<br />
Phones<br />
Smoking areas<br />
Food and drink locations<br />
Classroom<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Presentation equipment<br />
Projectors and extra bulbs<br />
Screens<br />
PA system<br />
Extension cords and adapters<br />
PowerPoint presentation on a hard drive and on a CD-ROM<br />
Portable computer<br />
Computer projector and cables<br />
Speaker’s podium/platform<br />
Head table with chairs<br />
Participant tables with chairs<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />
Presentation materials<br />
Overheads/slides<br />
Displays<br />
Markers<br />
CPO ® certifi cation exams and answer keys<br />
NSPF instructor nametag<br />
Calculator<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 197
APPENDIX C<br />
On-Site Checklist (cont’d)<br />
Each Participant<br />
Valid government-issued photo identifi cation<br />
NSPF Pool & Spa Operator ® Handbook<br />
Course schedule<br />
State bathing codes<br />
Educational materials/handouts<br />
Calculator<br />
Pen or pencil and paper<br />
Nametag<br />
Course Administration<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Verify all student identities by checking valid government-issued photo identifi cation prior to start of the<br />
fi rst session of each day, as well as before administering the fi nal exam.<br />
Collect a signed Record of Completion form all Pool Operator Fusion students attesting to the fact<br />
that the student independently completed the online portion of the training and verify that the listed<br />
date of completion is with the past six (6) months. After verifying their ID, sign the instructor area of the<br />
Record of Completion. This Record of Completion must be attached to the fi nal exam of the student<br />
prior to sending it in to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />
Write your initials on the bottom-left corner of every fi nal exam administered after verifying each<br />
student’s ID.<br />
Page 198<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX D<br />
Class Scheduling Guidelines for NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s<br />
Courses submitted for listing on the NSPF web site cannot overlap previouslyscheduled<br />
classes. In other words, two classes cannot be scheduled in the same city<br />
on the same date(s).<br />
Acceptable submissions include courses in different cities within a greater metropolitan<br />
area and/or a course immediately preceding or following another course in the same<br />
city. However, the dates may not overlap.<br />
Classes will be accepted for posting on a first-received, first-posted basis.<br />
Courses may be submitted up to a maximum of 15 months prior to the date of the<br />
class. Shown below please fi nd the earliest submission date for classes (beginning at<br />
12:00 midnight Mountain Time on the specifi ed date).<br />
January 1<br />
April 1<br />
July 1<br />
October 1<br />
Courses scheduled through March 31 of the following year<br />
Courses scheduled through June 30 of the following year<br />
Courses scheduled through September 30 of the following year<br />
Courses scheduled through December 31 of the following year<br />
CPO ® certification courses scheduled during industry trade shows and/or<br />
conventions take precedence in a specific city. NSPF will not post any CPO ®<br />
Certifi cation courses that confl ict with the show’s course or for two days before the<br />
show’s course begins. In the event we have posted an instructor’s course, NSPF will<br />
remove the posted course to not confl ict with show dates and CPO ® certifi cation courses<br />
scheduled in cooperation with the show organizers, unless the show is not hosting a<br />
CPO ® Certifi cation course. It is recommended that NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s review an industry<br />
show calendar to avoid confl icts.<br />
A course should be scheduled only if it is anticipated that the course will be<br />
conducted. Understandably, it may be necessary to cancel a class due to lack of<br />
interest in a certain area or other factors beyond the instructor’s control. However, a<br />
positive perception of both the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> and NSPF as an organization can be<br />
maintained with a minimal number of cancellations.<br />
Classes may be submitted for the placement on the NSPF web site by any of the<br />
following methods:<br />
Email: Send to classes@nspf.org<br />
Online: Enter courses on the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> page of www.nspf.org<br />
Phone: 719.540.9119<br />
Fax: 719.540.2787<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 199
APPENDIX E<br />
Sample Pool Operator Primer Record of Completion<br />
S<br />
John Q. Student<br />
Date of On-line Completion: January 1, 2050<br />
Page 200<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX F<br />
Sample Letter – Registration Confirmation<br />
(Date)<br />
(Name and Address)<br />
Dear (Name):<br />
I have received your registration for the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® CERTIFIED POOL/<br />
SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course at (site) on (date).<br />
The course is being held at (site name and address). The telephone number is (telephone).<br />
A number of rooms have been reserved for overnight accommodations. If you wish to make<br />
overnight arrangements, please contact the hotel directly and mention your registration in this<br />
course.<br />
Approximately 7 to 10 days prior to the course, you will receive course information and materials.<br />
Please review this material prior to the course and bring to the class with you along with a<br />
calculator.<br />
I look forward to serving you and your organization. If I may be of any further assistance, please<br />
contact me at (your telephone number).<br />
Sincerely,<br />
(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 201
APPENDIX G<br />
Sample Letter – Registration Confirmation w/ Pool Math Workbook<br />
(Date)<br />
(Name and Address)<br />
Dear (Name):<br />
I have received your registration for the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® CERTIFIED POOL/<br />
SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course at (site) on (date).<br />
The course is being held at (site name and address). The telephone number is (telephone).<br />
A number of rooms have been reserved for overnight accommodations. If you wish to make<br />
overnight arrangements, please contact the hotel directly and mention your registration in this<br />
course.<br />
Approximately 7 to 10 days prior to the course, you will receive course information and materials.<br />
Please review this material prior to the course and bring to the class with you along with a<br />
calculator. Included with this letter is a math pre-test consisting of 16 questions. Please try to<br />
answer all the questions. If you have diffi culty with any of the questions or get one or more<br />
questions wrong, then I strongly recommend that you obtain a copy of the Pool Math Workbook<br />
to improve your math skills prior to the CPO ® certifi cation class. You can get your copy of the Pool<br />
Math Workbook directly from me.<br />
I look forward to serving you and your organization. If I may be of any further assistance, please<br />
contact me at (your telephone number).<br />
Sincerely,<br />
(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />
Page 202<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX H<br />
Sample Letter – Congratulations<br />
(Date)<br />
(Name and Address)<br />
Dear (Name):<br />
Congratulations on your successful completion of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />
CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course. I hope that your experience was a<br />
positive one.<br />
Based on your results, you will be registered with the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® and<br />
should receive your Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® certification within four weeks. You will receive<br />
an offi cial certifi cate and wallet card containing your CPO ® certifi cation registration number. Your<br />
certifi cation is valid for a period of fi ve years from the date you completed the course.<br />
Thank you for your participation. If you have questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at<br />
(your telephone number).<br />
Sincerely,<br />
(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 203
APPENDIX I<br />
Sample Letter – Repeat Course<br />
(Date)<br />
(Name and Address)<br />
Dear (Name):<br />
Your participation in the NSPF CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course<br />
demonstrated a desire on your behalf to operate a safer, more effi cient facility. I am certain those<br />
you serve will appreciate your efforts.<br />
Unfortunately, your examination did not meet the minimum standard of 75%. Therefore, I am<br />
unable to submit your name for NSPF CPO ® certifi cation. However, I personally encourage you<br />
to attend the (date) course to be held at (location). I am confi dent that your preparation and<br />
advanced study will allow more understanding of the course material.<br />
Thank you for your participation. If you have questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at<br />
(your telephone number).<br />
Sincerely,<br />
(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />
Page 204<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX J<br />
Calculation Formulas<br />
AMOUNT CONVERSIONS<br />
Grams to Kilos<br />
Milliliters (mL) to Litres<br />
Grrams ÷ 1,000 = Kilos<br />
Milliliters ÷ 1,000 = Litres<br />
SURFACE AREAS<br />
Rectangle / Square<br />
Length X Width = Square Metres<br />
(RADIUS = diameter ÷ 2)<br />
Circle<br />
3.14 X Radius X Radius = Square Metres<br />
POOL VOLUME (AVERAGE DEPTH = (shallow + deep) ÷ 2)<br />
Rectangle<br />
Circle<br />
Length x Width X Average Depth X 1,000 = Litres<br />
3.14 X Radius X Radius X Avg. Depth X 1,000 = Litres<br />
TURNOVER RATE<br />
Pool Volume ÷ Flow Rate ÷ 60 = Hours<br />
FLOW RATE<br />
Pool Volume ÷ Turnover Rate ÷ 60 = Litres/Minute (lpm)<br />
FILTER SURFACE AREA<br />
Flow Rate (m 3 ) ÷ Filtering Rate (m 3 /m 2 /hr) = Square Metres<br />
HEATER SIZING<br />
Pool Volume x 4.18 x Temperature Adjustment = Kilojoules<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 205
APPENDIX K<br />
Water Quality Guidelines<br />
These commonly accepted chemical parameters do not supersede product label directions, local and<br />
state regulations.<br />
Page 206<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX L<br />
Langelier Saturation Index<br />
Refer to:<br />
NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />
Chapter 6 - Water Balance<br />
Temperature<br />
Calcium Hardness<br />
Expressed as CaCO 3<br />
Total Carbonate<br />
Alkalinity<br />
°C Tf mg/L Cf mg/L Af<br />
0<br />
3<br />
8<br />
12<br />
16<br />
19<br />
24<br />
29<br />
34<br />
41<br />
0.0<br />
0.1<br />
0.2<br />
0.3<br />
0.4<br />
0.5<br />
0.6<br />
0.7<br />
0.8<br />
0.9<br />
25<br />
50<br />
75<br />
100<br />
125<br />
150<br />
200<br />
250<br />
300<br />
400<br />
800<br />
1.0<br />
1.3<br />
1.5<br />
1.6<br />
1.7<br />
1.8<br />
1.9<br />
2.0<br />
2.1<br />
2.2<br />
2.5<br />
25<br />
50<br />
75<br />
100<br />
125<br />
150<br />
200<br />
250<br />
300<br />
400<br />
800<br />
1.4<br />
1.7<br />
1.9<br />
2.0<br />
2.1<br />
2.2<br />
2.3<br />
2.4<br />
2.5<br />
2.6<br />
2.9<br />
TDS Factors<br />
Less than 1,000 1,000 mg/L or<br />
mg/L<br />
greater<br />
12.1 12.2<br />
SI<br />
Saturation Index<br />
= pH<br />
pH as tested<br />
+<br />
Tf<br />
Temperature<br />
factor<br />
+ Cf<br />
Calcium<br />
factor<br />
+ Af<br />
Alkalinity factor<br />
- TDSf<br />
TDS<br />
factor<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 207
APPENDIX M<br />
Saturation Index Worksheet<br />
Value Factor New Value Factor<br />
pH<br />
Temperature<br />
Calcium Hardness<br />
Carbonate Alkalinity<br />
Sub-Total<br />
Total Dissolved Solids<br />
Saturation index<br />
Value Factor New Value Factor<br />
pH<br />
Temperature<br />
Calcium Hardness<br />
Carbonate Alkalinity<br />
Sub-Total<br />
Total Dissolved Solids<br />
Saturation index<br />
Page 208<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX N<br />
Chemical Adjustment Worksheet<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Litres<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
X X =<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Litres<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
X X =<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Litres<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
X X =<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 209
APPENDIX O<br />
Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines<br />
Page 210<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX P<br />
Breakpoint Chlorination<br />
Step 1:<br />
Step 2:<br />
Step 3:<br />
Total Chlorine - Free Chlorine = Combined Chlorine<br />
Combined Chlorine x 10 - Existing FC = ADJUSTMENT<br />
Use chemical adjustment worksheet below<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Litres<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
X X =<br />
Step 1:<br />
Step 2:<br />
Step 3:<br />
Total Chlorine - Free Chlorine = Combined Chlorine<br />
Combined Chlorine x 10 - Existing FC = ADJUSTMENT<br />
Use chemical adjustment worksheet below<br />
Amount of Chemical<br />
(from Appendix B-2 or<br />
product label)<br />
Actual Pool<br />
Volume in Litres<br />
Desired<br />
Chemical Change<br />
Total<br />
÷ 40,000 Litres<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
÷ mg/L<br />
(From appendix B-2<br />
or product label)<br />
X X =<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 211
APPENDIX Q<br />
Calculations Homework<br />
1. What is the surface area a circular spa with a 3.66 metre diameter?<br />
2. What is the volume of a circular spa with an 3.66 metre diameter and a constant depth of 1<br />
metre?<br />
3. What is the surface area of a rectangular pool with a length of 50 metres and a width of 20<br />
metres?<br />
4. What is the volume of a rectangular pool with a length of 50 metres, a width of 25 metres,<br />
and a depth ranging from 3 metres in the shallow end to 5.5 metres in the deep end?<br />
5. What is the surface area of a rectangular pool with a length of 20 metres and a width of 10<br />
metres?<br />
6. What is the volume of a rectangular pool with a length of 20 metres, a width of 10 metres,<br />
and a depth ranging from 1 metre in the shallow end to 2 metres in the deep end?<br />
7. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 120 mg/L, a pH of 7.6,<br />
a calcium hardness of 400 mg/L, a temperature of 40°C, and a total dissolved solids of 800<br />
mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />
8. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 50 mg/L, a pH of 7.0, a<br />
calcium hardness of 120 mg/L, a temperature of 28°C, and a total dissolved solids of 400<br />
mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />
9. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 30 mg/L, a pH of 7.0, a<br />
calcium hardness of 100 mg/L, a temperature of 40°C, and a total dissolved solids of 600<br />
mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />
10. Adjust the ALKALINITY from 40 mg/L to 100 mg/L in a 9,500 litre spa using sodium<br />
bicarbonate.<br />
11. Neutralize the FREE CHLORINE from 7 mg/L to 3 mg/L in a 750,000 litre pool. Use<br />
Sodium Thiosulfate.<br />
12. Adjust the CALCIUM HARDNESS from 120 mg/L to 200 mg/L in a 230,000 litre pool. Use<br />
Calcium Chloride 77%.<br />
13. How much CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 1,512,000 litre<br />
pool if the free chlorine is 0.6 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />
14. How much SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 285,000 litre<br />
pool if the free chlorine is 0.8 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />
15. How much LITHIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 190,000 litre<br />
pool if the free chlorine is 1.2 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />
Page 212<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX Q<br />
Calculations Homework (cont’d)<br />
16. What is the turnover rate of a 685,000 litre pool with a fl ow rate of 1365 lpm?<br />
17. What is the fl ow rate of a 685,000 litre pool based on a 5 hour turnover rate?<br />
18. What is the fi lter surface area needed for a sand fi lter if the fl ow rate is 1424 lpm? Use 20<br />
m 3 /m 2 /hr fi lter media rate.<br />
19. What is the turnover rate of a 435,000 litre pool with a fl ow rate of 1135 lpm?<br />
20. What is the fl ow rate of a 435,000 litre pool based on a 6 hour turnover rate.<br />
21. What is the fi lter surface area needed for a sand fi lter if the fl ow rate is 1211 lpm? Use<br />
11m 3 /m 2 /hr for the FMR<br />
22. How many kilojoules are needed to raise the temperature of a 3,400 litre spa from 32 o C to<br />
40 o C?<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 213
APPENDIX R<br />
NSPF CPO® Certification Course Certification Record<br />
Page 214<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX R<br />
NSPF CPO® Certification Course Certification Record (cont’d)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 215
APPENDIX S<br />
CPO® Certification Course Evaluation<br />
Page 216<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX T<br />
General Course Record<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 217
APPENDIX T<br />
General Course Record (cont’d)<br />
Page 218<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX U<br />
Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report (CPI)<br />
POOL’S NAME<br />
(Sample) Swimming Pool Inspection Report<br />
INSPECTION DATE<br />
MO. DAY YEAR<br />
STREET ADDRESS TOWN, VILLAGE OR CITY COUNTY<br />
LOCATION<br />
CODE AND<br />
NUMBER<br />
PREVIOUS<br />
ACTION<br />
FUTURE<br />
ACTION<br />
0 1<br />
COUNTY<br />
FACILITY CODE<br />
POOL CAPACITY INSPECTION TYPE INSPECTION RESULTS<br />
PURPOSE DATE STATUS STATUS DATE SCHEDULED ACTION ACTION DATE<br />
PURPOSE DATE CRITICAL NOTICES<br />
Routine<br />
Reinspection<br />
Pre Operation Complaint<br />
Incident/Investigation<br />
Satisfactory<br />
Unsatisfactory<br />
Based on the inspection this day, the items circled below identify violations in operation of facilities that must be corrected.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
20<br />
21<br />
22<br />
23<br />
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION<br />
Plans submitted, approved<br />
Pool designed and constructed<br />
SAFETY & SUPERVISION<br />
Maintenance staff, qualified, trained<br />
Supervisor - present, qualified<br />
Staffing - no. of lifeguards<br />
Lifeguards or instructors qualified, certified<br />
Staffing - whirlpools have attendant or television camera monitored<br />
Waterslide attendant<br />
Lifeguards identifiable, no distracting duties, at duties station<br />
Safety - general, no hazardous conditions<br />
Adequate lighting, accessibility, shutoffs<br />
Rescue equipment, first aid equipment, telephone present, located, good<br />
condition, phone numbers posted; gas CI safety equipment<br />
Safety rope as required<br />
Waterslide plunge area separated<br />
Pool rules - posted, legible, located<br />
Maximum pool attendance posted, pool closed sign<br />
Chemicals - proper labeling and storage, no mixing of chemicals,<br />
smoking prohibited<br />
Security - pool enclosure, controlled access, self-closing gates and<br />
latches, access through bathhouse<br />
Pool rules enforced - communicable disease, showers, food, glass,<br />
animals prohibited. Maximum patron loading.<br />
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM<br />
Potable water supply; wastewater - proper disposal<br />
Separate recirculation systems for each pool - New<br />
Recirculation system continuously operated<br />
Skimmers, gutters, drains, water inlets - number, clean, good repair,<br />
installed, operated<br />
Agitation system-designed, maintained<br />
Water level maintained<br />
Proportional flow - gutter or skimmers versus drain<br />
Circulation rate-turnover<br />
Pool volume _____ gals ) flowmeter _____ gpm ) 60 =<br />
Turnover time _____ hrs.<br />
Pump installed, maintained; strainer baskets or screens clean, spares on<br />
hand<br />
Gauges maintained, operated, accurate, installed, approved; pressure or<br />
vacuum gauge<br />
_____ psi inf. _____ psi eff/comb.<br />
Surge tank operated, maintained<br />
Plumbing - air-gaps, cross-connections, maintained, installed; piping<br />
coded or labeled<br />
Filter backwashed or cleaned, maintained, operated, installed<br />
Replacement cartridges sand _____D.E. Cart. _____<br />
24<br />
25<br />
26<br />
27<br />
28<br />
29<br />
30<br />
31<br />
32<br />
33<br />
34<br />
35<br />
36<br />
37<br />
38<br />
39<br />
40<br />
41<br />
42<br />
43<br />
44<br />
CHEMICAL & FILTER-AID FEEDING<br />
Approved design, data plate, interwired with recirculation pump<br />
Disinfectant feeders – proper for chemical used, maintained, installed,<br />
operated, sized. Chemical decanted. *Gas chlorine.<br />
*CI gas safety items under #08, 11<br />
Filter-aid feeders and chemical feeders, installed, maintained, operated<br />
Automatic monitoring and feed controls maintained, operated<br />
POOL CHEMISTRY & QUALITY<br />
Approved chemicals – registered, measurable, compatible, nontoxic, safe<br />
Disinfectant provided, continuous, proper concentration<br />
Superoxidation - done as needed<br />
pH, alkalinity within limits or balanced<br />
Cyanuric acid - within limits<br />
Water quality - clarity, algae control<br />
Microbiology _____ Safe _____ Unsafe (Follow-up - ASAP)<br />
Temperature - within limits<br />
Accurate thermometers, approved test kits unavailable, maintained, used<br />
Frequency of testing - 2x/day-pools, 4x-/day-whirlpools; alkalinity,<br />
cyanuric acid done at least weekly<br />
Reports complete and submitted. Copies kept 2 years, available on-site<br />
EQUIPMENT, MAINTENANCE, CLEANING<br />
Pool equipment – designed, constructed<br />
Pool equipment – cleaned, maintained<br />
Pool and deck – maintained, cleaned, good repair; depth markings,<br />
boundary line<br />
General maintenance, walls, ceilings, floors, hosing; spectator area<br />
separated, maintained<br />
Toilet, shower, dressing rooms, drinking fountain provided as needed,<br />
clean, maintained, hand drying, toilet tissue<br />
Suits, caps, or towels provided to patrons - clean, thoroughly laundered,<br />
storage<br />
Water heaters, heating, ventilation and electrical provided as necessary,<br />
good repair, operated<br />
Solid waste, garbage storage and disposal<br />
Disinfectant used ________________________________<br />
Filter aid; if any __________________________________<br />
Free chlorine residual __________________________ ppm<br />
Combined chlorine ____________________________ ppm<br />
Cyanuric Acid _________________________________ ppm<br />
Bromine _____________________________________ ppm<br />
Water temp._____ o F. Air temp. _____ o F.<br />
pH _____<br />
Alkalinity _____ ppm<br />
INSPECTION BY: (Signature) REPORT RECEIVED BY: DATE:<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 219
APPENDIX V<br />
Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form<br />
PART I - Pool Management Information<br />
INSPECTOR NAME<br />
INSPECTION DATE<br />
FACILITY NAME<br />
POOL LICENSE / PERMIT NUMBER<br />
ADDRESS<br />
PHONE NUMBER<br />
CITY STATE ZIP CODE<br />
CONTACT NAME<br />
TITLE<br />
CONTACT ADDRESS<br />
CITY STATE ZIP CODE<br />
EMAIL ADDRESS FAX #<br />
PART II - POOL / SPA Information<br />
POOL LOCATION INDOOR OUTDOOR WATER PARK OTHER<br />
POOL TYPE<br />
SWIMMING<br />
POOL<br />
WADING<br />
POOL<br />
SPA<br />
HOT TUB<br />
OTHER<br />
WATER FEATURES (If any) SPRAY SLIDE HYDRO-JET OTHER<br />
VOLUME OF POOL (Gallons)<br />
MFGR, MAKE, MODEL NUMBER, HORSE POWER OF PUMP<br />
PART III - Inspection Check List<br />
DESCRIPTION DATA COMPLIANT NON-COMPLIANT COMMENTS<br />
Determine if the pool has suction outlets<br />
(If it does not, the inspection is complete)<br />
Measured TDH:<br />
Drain sump measurements:<br />
Drain cover data: Check the manufacturer’s instructions and<br />
certification paperwork; look for markings such as the<br />
standard, lifespan, flowrate, wall or floor mount, etc.<br />
If there are suction outlets, main drains, vacuum fittings, etc,<br />
determine the total flow rate generated by all pumps in the<br />
system<br />
Are the drain covers, blockable or unblockable, compliant<br />
with the P&SS Act?<br />
If all the covers are blockable, do they need a secondary antientrapment<br />
device and is one present?<br />
If there are multiple floor drains, are they at least three feet<br />
apart, center to center? If not, is there a secondary antientrapment<br />
device or system?<br />
Page 220<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX V<br />
Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form (cont’d)<br />
PART III - Inspection Check List (Continued)<br />
DESCRIPTION DATA COMPLIANT NON-COMPLIANT COMMENTS<br />
Are the drain cover flow rate specifications equal to or<br />
greater than the flow rate of the system?<br />
Is the drain cover secure and attached to the sump according<br />
to the manufacturer’s instructions?<br />
If there is a vacuum line present with a compliant cover, CPSC<br />
recommends that it be covered whenever the pool is in use.<br />
Do the skimmer equalizer fittings have compliant covers?<br />
PART IV - Comments<br />
f pool is not in full compliance, provide a description of actions or steps needed to bring pool or spa into compliance with the Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa<br />
Safety Act.<br />
COMMENTS<br />
Inspector - Print Name<br />
Inspector - Signature<br />
Inspection Date<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 221
APPENDIX W<br />
On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit<br />
How to Use This Form<br />
1. This survey is to be used to record the results of the on-site evaluation.<br />
2. The "point value" portion of the checklist indicates the point value of that skill.<br />
3. The "points awarded" portion of the survey indicates the number of points that are awarded for that activity.<br />
Either all the possible points are awarded or no points are awarded. There is no partial credit for skills.<br />
4. If a facility does not obtain a minimum of 40 points on the Lifeguard Skills Testing, the facility automatically<br />
fails the on-site evaluation, regardless of the other scores.<br />
5. Points are tallied at the end of each section and the "total score" is tallied at the end of the survey. A total<br />
score of 80-100 points indicates that the facility has passed the on-site evaluation. A score of 0-79 points<br />
indicates that the facility has failed the on-site evaluation.<br />
6. The "comments" portion of the survey should be completed if a facility is not awarded any points.<br />
Facility Information (print)<br />
Name of Facility: ______________________________________________<br />
Address of Facility: ____________________________________________<br />
Facility Manager: __________________ Date of Testing: _____________<br />
Lifeguard Surveillance<br />
Activity<br />
Point<br />
Value<br />
Adequate number of lifeguards on duty<br />
3<br />
Lifeguards properly positioned<br />
2<br />
Lifeguards easily identifiable and in proper uniform 1<br />
Lifeguards have necessary equipment<br />
2<br />
Lifeguards maintain consistent surveillance<br />
3<br />
Lifeguards communicate effectively<br />
2<br />
Lifeguard rotation procedures followed<br />
2<br />
Conditions do not exist that impact safety<br />
5<br />
TOTAL POINTS 20<br />
Facility Tour<br />
Activity<br />
Point<br />
Value<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
5<br />
Facility has adequate equipment<br />
Safety equipment is in good working order<br />
Backboard is easily accessible<br />
First aid supplies are properly stocked and available<br />
General signage is clear and readable<br />
Depth markings are clearly marked<br />
"No Diving" is clearly posted where applicable<br />
Pool main drain is clearly visible from the deck<br />
Communications system is readily available<br />
Conditions do not exist that impact safety<br />
TOTAL POINTS 20<br />
Points<br />
Awarded<br />
Points<br />
Awarded<br />
Comments<br />
Comments<br />
Page 222<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX W<br />
On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit (cont’d)<br />
Facility Documentation<br />
Activity<br />
Emergency Response Plan in place<br />
Incident Reports maintained<br />
Operational procedures maintained<br />
Safety Checklists used<br />
Lifeguard certifications properly posted<br />
Point<br />
Value<br />
Lifeguard Skills Testing Results<br />
Name of Lifeguard<br />
3<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
TOTAL POINTS 10<br />
Sub-Total Points<br />
Point<br />
Value<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
50<br />
Divide “Subtotal Points” by number of lifeguards tested ÷<br />
AVERAGE TOTAL POINTS 50<br />
Points<br />
Awarded<br />
Points<br />
Awarded<br />
Comments<br />
Comments<br />
Survey Results<br />
Activity<br />
Point<br />
Value<br />
Lifeguard Surveillance<br />
20<br />
Facility Tour<br />
20<br />
Facility Documentation<br />
10<br />
Lifeguard Skills Testing Results<br />
50<br />
TOTAL POINTS 100<br />
Pass (80-100 points)<br />
Points<br />
Awarded<br />
Fail (0-79 points)<br />
Comments<br />
Name of Aquatic Facility Auditor: ________________________________________________________<br />
Signature of Aquatic Facility Auditor: _____________________________________________________<br />
Signature of Administrator: _______________________________________________________<br />
The "Signature of Manager" indicates that this survey records on-site evaluation results of this facility as determined<br />
by the Aquatic Facility Auditor. The signature does not indicate concurrence with the evaluation score.<br />
Signature of Manager: ___________________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 223
APPENDIX X<br />
Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist<br />
How to Use This Form<br />
1. This checklist is to be used to record the results of the lifeguard skills testing. A separate checklist should be<br />
used for each lifeguard tested.<br />
2. The “skill” portion of the checklist indicates the activity that a lifeguard must perform. Criteria for successful<br />
completion of the skills is found in the American Red Cross Lifeguarding materials.<br />
3. The shaded areas are critical components that must be performed for a lifeguard to pass the audit. The<br />
unshaded areas should be performed but are not considered critical.<br />
4. Record the results of each component in the appropriate “pass” or “fail” box. If a “fail” is marked, reasons for<br />
the failure must be recorded in the “comment” box.<br />
5. A lifeguard must pass all three (3) scenarios to receive an overall “pass” rating.<br />
Lifeguard Information (print)<br />
Lifeguard Name: ____________________________________________________________<br />
Facility: __________________________________ Date of Testing: _________________<br />
Drowning Scenario<br />
Skill<br />
Activates Emergency Response Plan<br />
Enters water safely and effectively<br />
Approaches victim effectively<br />
Executes rescue effectively<br />
Removes the victim from water<br />
Discusses appropriate follow-up care provided to victim<br />
Discusses procedure for documenting incident<br />
Description of victim: ___________________<br />
Pass<br />
Fail<br />
Comments<br />
Spinal Management Scenario<br />
Skill<br />
Activates Emergency Response Plan<br />
Enters water safely and effectively<br />
Uses appropriate technique to provide in-line stabilization<br />
Maintains in-line stabilization throughout rescue<br />
Discusses procedure for immobilizing victim to backboard<br />
Discusses procedure for removing victim form water<br />
Discusses appropriate follow-up care provided to victim<br />
Pass<br />
Fail<br />
Comments<br />
Page 224<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX X<br />
Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist (cont’d)<br />
Adult CPR Scenario – One Rescuer<br />
Skill<br />
Positions victim on back and checks consciousness<br />
Verifies that EMS personnel have been summoned<br />
Opens airway and checks breathing for five (5) seconds<br />
Pass<br />
Fail<br />
Comments<br />
Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Not breathing.”<br />
Gives two (2) slow breaths using a resuscitation mask<br />
Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air does not go in.”<br />
Re-tilts head and gives two (2) slow breaths<br />
Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air still does not go in.”<br />
Gives five (5) chest thrusts<br />
Lifts jaw, looks in mouth, and gives finger sweep<br />
Gives two (2) breaths<br />
Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air goes in.”<br />
Checks pulse for five (5) seconds<br />
(no more than 10 seconds)<br />
Aquatic Auditor prompts: “No pulse.”<br />
Performs one (1) minute of CPR<br />
(4 cycles of 30 compressions and 2 rescue breaths)<br />
Re-checks pulse and breathing for five (5) seconds<br />
Spinal Management Scenario<br />
Skill<br />
Drowning Victim<br />
Spinal Management<br />
Adult CPR<br />
Overall Rating<br />
Pass<br />
Fail<br />
Comments<br />
Name of Aquatic Facility Auditor: ________________________________________________________<br />
Signature of Aquatic Facility Auditor: _____________________________________________________<br />
The "Signature of Lifeguard" indicates that this checklist records lifeguard skills testing results of this individual as determined<br />
by the Aquatic Facility Auditor. The signature is not an admission that the test results are agreed to.<br />
Signature of Lifeguard: _____________________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 225
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form<br />
Audit Information<br />
Auditor(s): ______________________________________ Date of Audit: _________________________<br />
Client<br />
Name of Client: ________________________________________________________________________<br />
Contact Person: _________________________________ Title: _______________________________<br />
Address of Client: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
_______________________________________________________________________<br />
Client Phone: ___________________________________ Client FAX: __________________________<br />
Facility<br />
Name of Facility: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Indoors Outdoors<br />
Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title: _____________________________<br />
Address of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
Facility Phone: ______________________________ Facility FAX: _____________________________<br />
Architect/Designer: ______________________________________________________________________<br />
Builder: _______________________________________________________________________________<br />
Date Completed: _____________________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Operations<br />
Season of Operation: ____________________________________________________________________<br />
Daily Hours of Operation: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Average Daily Patron Load: _____________________ Peak Patron Load: _________________________<br />
Type of Activities:<br />
Recreational Swimming Competitive Swimming Instruction/Group Classes<br />
Swimming Lessons Springboard Diving Wave Pool<br />
Play Features Slides ___________________<br />
Total Number of Guards on Staff: ______________<br />
Minimum Number of Guards on Duty: ______________<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Page 226<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Barriers<br />
Fencing: Height: ___________________________ Type: ___________________________________<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage:___________________________________________________________<br />
Gaps > 4": Yes No<br />
Location of Gaps: _____________________________________________________________<br />
Self-Closing Self-Latching Gate: Yes No<br />
Gate Opens Away From Pool: Yes No<br />
Type: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Structure<br />
Pool Volume: ____________________________ Surface Area: _______________________________<br />
Shallowest Water Depth: ___________________ Shallow End Slope Ratio: _____________________<br />
Deepest Water Depth: _____________________ Deep End Slope Ratio: ________________________<br />
Fixed Structures:<br />
Diving Board(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Starting Blocks How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Slide(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Lifeguard Chair(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Ladders How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Steps How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Bulkhead(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
___________________ How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />
Special Features: Disability Access What Type(s): ____________________<br />
Movable Bulkhead<br />
Movable Floor<br />
____________________ ____________________<br />
Type of Structure: Shotcrete Metal ____________________<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Type of Finish: Paint Plaster Fiberglass<br />
Tile Vinyl ____________________<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Tile Band: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Coping Band: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Deck: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 227
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Structure (continued)<br />
Lighting: Location: Overhead Underwater<br />
Sufficient: Yes No<br />
Emergency Lighting: Yes No<br />
Surface Skimming System: Overflow Skimmers To Waste<br />
# of Skimming Outlets: ________________________ Distance Apart: _______________________<br />
Water Appears Level at All Locations: Yes No<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Number of Main Drains: ______________________________ Distance Apart: ____________________<br />
Location of Main Drains: ______________________________________________________________<br />
VGB 2008 Compliant Main Drains: Yes No<br />
Anti-Entrapment Drains: Yes No<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Hydrostatic Relief Valves: Yes No Undetermined<br />
Number of Return Inlets: _______________________ Distance Apart: ___________________________<br />
Location of Return Inlets: ______________________________________________________________<br />
Visible Damage: Yes No<br />
Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Uniform Water Flow Pattern: Yes No<br />
How Determined: Visual Sodium Florescein Crystal Violet<br />
Location of Dead Spots: ______________________________________________________________<br />
__________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Air Quality System<br />
Brand and Model: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Energy Source: ____________________________ Installation Date: _____________________________<br />
Air Temperature: _____________ Relative Humidity: _____________ Smell of Air: ________________<br />
Air Quality: Dry Humid ___________<br />
Air Movement: Deck to Ceiling Ceiling to Deck Forced Air Radiation<br />
Perimeter Reclaimed and Recirculated Mix %: _____________<br />
Turnover Rate: ___________________<br />
Humidity Controllers: ____________________________________________________________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Page 228<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Electrical System<br />
Available Electrical Source: Yes No<br />
Panel Amperage Rating: _________________________________________________________________<br />
(Test of amperage under maximum current draw by turning on all equipment and recording current draw)<br />
Location: _____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Voltage: ________________________ Location of Circuit Box: ______________________________<br />
Bonding and Grounding Documentation: Yes No<br />
Emergency Shut-off Switch: Yes No<br />
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters: Yes No<br />
Safety Covers: Yes No<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Filtration/Circulation Equipment<br />
Required Flow Rate: _______________________ Actual Flow Rate: ____________________________<br />
How Actual Flow Rate was Determined: _____________________________________________________<br />
Required Turnover Rate: ____________________ Actual Turnover Rate: _________________________<br />
Filter Type: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
Filter Brand: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
Number of Units: ________________ Size of Units: ________________ Age of Filters: _______________<br />
Influent Gauge Reading: ____________________ Effluent Gauge Reading: _______________________<br />
Required Surface Area: _____________________ Actual Surface Area: __________________________<br />
Pump Brand: _____________________________ Variable Speed Pump: Yes No<br />
Horsepower: _____________________________ Rated Capacity (GPM): ________________________<br />
Number of Pumps: ________________________ Age of Pumps: ______________________________<br />
Suction Pipe Size: _________________________ Discharge Pipe Size: __________________________<br />
Safety Vacuum Release System: Yes No<br />
Type of S.V.R.S.: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Heating Equipment<br />
Heater Brand and Model: _________________________________________________________________<br />
Energy Source: ___________________________ BTU Output: ________________________________<br />
Installation Date: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 229
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Water Treatment<br />
Water Testing Equipment: ________________________________________________________________<br />
Disinfectant: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
Method of Feeding: __________________________________ Prior to Filter After Filter<br />
Oxidizer: ______________________________________________________________________________<br />
Method of Feeding: __________________________________________________________________<br />
Superchlorination: ______________________________________________________________________<br />
pH Control: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Method of Feeding: __________________________________________________________________<br />
Alkalinity Control: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
Calcium Hardness Control: _______________________________________________________________<br />
Algae Control: _________________________________________________________________________<br />
Other Chemicals: _______________________________________________________________________<br />
__________________________________________________________________________________<br />
__________________________________________________________<br />
Is Bacteriological Testing Done: Yes No How Often: ___________________________<br />
By Whom: _________________________________________________________________________<br />
Phone: ________________________________ FAX: ________________________________<br />
Attach a copy of the last laboratory report.<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Water Chemistry<br />
Water Clarity: ____________________________ Method of Determining Clarity: __________________<br />
Free Chlorine/Bromine: ______________________ ORP:<br />
_______________________<br />
Total Chlorine: ______________________ Combined Chlorine: _______________________<br />
pH: ______________________ Total Alkalinity: _______________________<br />
(Adjust for high Cya levels)<br />
Calcium Hardness: ______________________ Total Dissolved Solids: _______________________<br />
Water Temperature: ______________________ Cyanuric Acid: _______________________<br />
Saturation Index: ______________________ Water Condition: _______________________<br />
Iron: ______________________ Copper: _______________________<br />
Silver: ______________________ Manganese: _______________________<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Page 230<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Signage<br />
Facility Operational Permit Facility Rules/Regulations Emergency Phone Numbers<br />
Lifeguard Certifications Depth Markings No Diving<br />
Caution-Chemical Storage Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)<br />
Maximum Occupancy/Capacity Tagging/Labeling of Operational Equipment<br />
Emergency Stuff-Off<br />
Warning on Chemical Storage Room Door<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Safety Equipment<br />
Pool Cover Type: ___________________________________<br />
Used: Daily Seasonally<br />
Reaching Poles/Shepherd's Hooks (minimum of two) Adequate First Aid Supplies<br />
Ring Buoys/Rescue Tubes (minimum of two)<br />
Backboard with Straps<br />
Head Immobilizer Easily Accessible Telephone(s)<br />
Easily Accessible Fire Extinguisher(s) Safety Goggles<br />
Surgical Gloves (blood exposure)<br />
Resuscitation Mask<br />
Rubber Gloves (chemical handling)<br />
Dust Mask/Respirator<br />
________________________ ____________________ ________________________<br />
________________________ ____________________ ________________________<br />
Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Documentation<br />
Facility Operating Permit Aquatic Safety Plan Facility Operations Procedures<br />
Safety Audit Checklists Maintenance Records Staff Training Records<br />
Staff Personnel <strong>Manual</strong>s Hazardous Materials Safety Plan<br />
Incident Reports<br />
Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan<br />
Local Health Department Recreational Bathing Regs. CPO ® Certifications<br />
__________________ __________________ __________________<br />
__________________ __________________ __________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 231
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Staff Training<br />
Pre-Season/Annual Training Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
In-Service Training<br />
Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
Topics Covered: ______________________________________________________________<br />
Bloodborne Pathogens Training Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
Hazardous Materials Training<br />
Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
____________________________ Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
____________________________ Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Supervision<br />
Pool Operator Certifications:<br />
NSPF (CPO ® Certification)<br />
Lifeguard Certifications:<br />
Lifeguarding<br />
Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />
CPR<br />
Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />
First Aid<br />
Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />
________________________ Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />
________________________ Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />
Certifications posted/on file<br />
Lifeguard Supervision:<br />
Lifeguards Wearing Uniforms Lifeguards Easily Identifiable<br />
Lifeguards have Whistles Each Lifeguard has Safety Equipment<br />
Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Notes<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Page 232<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX Y<br />
Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />
Facility Sketch<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 233
APPENDIX Z<br />
Accessing Online Training Courses with an Access Code<br />
1. With an open web browser, go to www.nspf.org<br />
2. Select the Online Training button from the menu bar<br />
3. Select a course category link<br />
4. Select a course and add it to your cart<br />
5. Enter your access code in the box provided and click the Apply Access Code button<br />
(do not put the code in the discount code box)<br />
6. If you already have a shopping cart account, enter your email and password in the boxes<br />
provided and click Checkout. If you do not have an NSPF account, click on the Click here<br />
to register link to create an account. Enter your information and select Continue. Make<br />
a note of your email address and password as you will need those to login and continue<br />
your training in the future.<br />
7. Select Continue to view the purchase confi rmation screen<br />
8. Confirm your order<br />
9. Click on the link to begin your training or log out and continue your training at a future time.<br />
To continue later, just go to www.nspf.org and click the Login link at the top of the page.<br />
Enter your email address and password and click the Login button.<br />
10. For technical assistance, contact NSPF at 719-540-9119<br />
Page 234<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX AA<br />
Sample Facility Layout<br />
CONCESSIONS<br />
STORAGE<br />
MECHANICAL<br />
ROOM<br />
POOL<br />
EQUIPMENT<br />
ACID<br />
CHLORINE<br />
SWIMMING POOL<br />
WARMING<br />
POOL<br />
CLASSROOMS<br />
OFFICES<br />
MENS<br />
LOCKER/SHOWER<br />
HALLWAY<br />
WOMENS<br />
LOCKER/SHOWER<br />
LOBBY<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 235
APPENDIX BB<br />
Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist<br />
Reference: CPSC Publication 362 “Safety Barrier Guidelines for Home Pools”<br />
Public pool fencing standards typically meet or exceed these standards. Local codes may vary from the CPSC guidelines. As a result,<br />
the local inspector should check and inspect based on the local code requirements.<br />
The gate or door must be locked and access to pool prevented when the pool is not supervised.<br />
According to the CPSC, an outdoor swimming pool, including an in-ground, above-ground, or onground<br />
pool, hot tub, or spa, should be provided with a barrier that complies with the items below.<br />
Name of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title:_______________________________<br />
Address of Facility: ___________________________________________________________________<br />
Item to Inspect Pass Fail Comments<br />
The top of the barrier should be at least 48 inches above<br />
grade.<br />
The maximum vertical clearance between grade and the<br />
bottom of the barrier should be 4 inches.<br />
(Some states require no more than 2 inches when the<br />
grade is a soft surface)<br />
Where the barrier is mounted on top of the pool structure,<br />
the maximum vertical clearance between the top of the<br />
pool structure and the bottom of the barrier should be no<br />
greater than 4 inches.<br />
Openings in the barrier should not allow for passage of a<br />
4-inch diameter sphere.<br />
Solid barriers should not contain indentations or<br />
protrusions except for normal construction tolerances and<br />
tooled masonry joints.<br />
Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical<br />
members, the horizontal members should be located on<br />
the swimming pool side of the fence.<br />
Spacing between vertical members should not exceed 1-¾<br />
inches in width.<br />
Where there are decorative cutouts, spacing within the<br />
cutouts should not exceed 1-¾ inches in width.<br />
With horizontal and vertical members and the distance<br />
between the tops of the horizontal members is 45 inches<br />
or more, spacing between vertical members should not<br />
exceed four inches.<br />
Page 236<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX BB<br />
Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist (cont’d)<br />
Maximum mesh size for chain link fences should not exceed<br />
1-¾ inch square, unless the fence is provided with slats<br />
fastened at the top or the bottom which reduce the openings<br />
to no more than 1-¾ inches.<br />
Where the barrier is composed of diagonal members, such as<br />
a lattice fence, the maximum opening formed by the diagonal<br />
members should be no more than 1-¾ inches.<br />
Access gates should open outward, away from the pool, and<br />
should be self-closing and self-latching.<br />
Where the means of access is a ladder or steps, then the<br />
ladder to the pool or steps should be capable of being<br />
secured, locked or removed to prevent access, or the ladder<br />
or steps should be surrounded by a barrier as described<br />
above.<br />
Name of Facility Inspector: ____________________________________________<br />
Signature of Facility Inspector: _________________________________________<br />
Date of Inspection: ____________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 237
APPENDIX CC<br />
Electrical Safety Audit Checklist<br />
Reference: <strong>National</strong> Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70) – <strong>National</strong> Electric<br />
Code; Article 680<br />
This checklist is intended for the inspection of the construction and electrical wiring for, and<br />
equipment in or adjacent to, all swimming, wading, therapeutic, and decorative pools. This<br />
audit also applies to fountains, hot tubs, spas, and hydromassage bathtubs. An electrical audit<br />
should also be conducted on all metallic auxiliary equipment, such as pumps, filters, and similar<br />
equipment. For more complete descriptions please refer to the NFPA 70 <strong>National</strong> Electric Code.<br />
Name of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title:_______________________________<br />
Address of Facility: ___________________________________________________________________<br />
Item to Inspect Pass Fail Comments<br />
Working space for electrical equipment for servicing and<br />
examination should be 30 (700 mm) to 36 inches (914<br />
mm).<br />
No electrical wiring must pass overhead within a 22.5<br />
feet vertical distance of the pool water surface.<br />
No electrical wiring must be within 10 feet or 3 meters<br />
horizontal distance from the inside pool wall.<br />
Electrical receptacles must have ground-fault circuit<br />
interrupters (GFCI) on all pools, for all lighting and other<br />
electrical circuits in the area of the pool.<br />
Each underwater light must be individually grounded by<br />
means of an adequate ground-wire screwed or bolted<br />
connection to the metal junction box from which the<br />
branch circuit to the individual light proceeds.<br />
No underground wiring within 5 feet from the inside wall<br />
of the pool unless the wiring is required for equipment<br />
permitted by the NFPA 70 code.<br />
A minimum of 1 receptacle greater than 10 feet and less<br />
than 20 feet from inside pool walls.<br />
Receptacles that are less than 20 feet from the inside<br />
pool walls must be GFCI protected.<br />
For cord-and-plug connected luminaires the outlets<br />
should be not less than 10 feet or 3 meters from the<br />
inside walls of the pool.<br />
Outlets supplying pool pump motors connected to singlephase,<br />
120 volt through 240 volt branch circuits, rated 15<br />
or 20 amperes, must be provided with GFCI protection.<br />
Where a permanently installed pool is at a dwelling unit,<br />
no fewer than one 125-volt, 15 or 20 ampere receptacle<br />
should be located not less than 6 feet or 1.83 meters<br />
from, and not more than 20 feet or 6 meters from, the<br />
inside wall of the pool.<br />
`<br />
Page 238<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX CC<br />
Electrical Safety Audit Checklist (cont’d)<br />
Outdoor lights must be a minimum of 5 feet from pool<br />
horizontally or greater than 12 feet above the water level of<br />
the pool.<br />
GFCI protection for lights greater than 5 feet and less than<br />
10 feet from the pool.<br />
Indoor lights that are 7.5 feet above the water are allowed<br />
if they are enclosed and GFCI protected.<br />
Pool light fixture ground wires must be unspliced, except at<br />
the terminals.<br />
Bond together pool shell, metal equipment for pumps, pool<br />
covers, underwater light forming shelf, and all metal less<br />
than 5 feet from the pool.<br />
Bonding wire must be a minimum solid 8 American Wire<br />
Gauge (AWG) copper.<br />
The top of an underwater fixture must be a minimum of 18<br />
inches below pool water surface level.<br />
Any junction box must be a minimum of 8 inches above the<br />
surface water level and 4 inches above the deck level.<br />
Junction boxes must be a minimum of 4 feet from edge of<br />
the pool.<br />
Cord-and-Plug connections for spas and hot tubs with a<br />
cord less than 15 feet in length are permitted providing<br />
they are GFCI protected.<br />
Cord-and-plug connected equipment flexible cord should<br />
not exceed 3 feet or 900 mm in length.<br />
There must be at least one 125-volt, 15 or 20 ampere<br />
receptacle, on a general purpose branch circuit located not<br />
less than 6 feet from and not exceeding 10 feet from the<br />
inside wall of the spa or hot tub.<br />
The use of portable electrical devices, such as announcing<br />
systems and radios within the reach of bathers must not be<br />
allowed.<br />
Name of Facility Inspector: ____________________________________________<br />
Signature of Facility Inspector: _________________________________________<br />
Date of Inspection: ____________________________________________________<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 239
APPENDIX DD<br />
Course Business Models and MSRPs<br />
CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE BUSINESS MODEL<br />
Pool Operator Primer (Online Course) + Pool Operator Fusion (One-Day Classroom Training)<br />
SCENARIO ONE:<br />
Student purchases Pool Operator Primer from NSPF website. Student pays $150 (USD) and<br />
receives a Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study training<br />
program online.<br />
SCENARIO TWO:<br />
Student purchases Pool Operator Primer from NSPF website. Student pays $150 (USD) and<br />
receives a Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study training<br />
program online.<br />
After completion of the online if they decide they wish to become certifi ed, NSPF directs the<br />
student to NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s in their area to make arrangements for the one-day Pool Operator<br />
Fusion. The one-day Pool Operator Fusion class can be a standalone one day class or the second<br />
day of a two day classroom course.<br />
MSRP - $200 (USD) (for the one-day Fusion class).<br />
The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $30 for the certification since NSPF has already provided the handbook.<br />
SCENARIO THREE:<br />
Student enrolls and takes the blended course, Pool Operator Primer + Pool Operator Fusion,<br />
from an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> pre-purchases Primer Access Codes from NSPF for<br />
$85, which includes a Handbook and an exam. The access code is used by the student to enroll<br />
in the online Primer course. Upon completion the student attends the one-day Fusion course as<br />
arranged with the <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />
MSRP - $300 (USD)<br />
The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $115 ($85 for the access code & Handbook, plus $30 for the certification)<br />
SCENARIO FOUR:<br />
Students purchase Pool Operator Primer directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>. This is ideal for individuals<br />
seeking education, but do not need the certifi cation. <strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase the Pool Operator<br />
Primer access codes for $85, which includes a Handbook and exam. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the<br />
access codes and handbook for $150. <strong>Instructor</strong> can follow-up with students to encourage them<br />
to enroll in the one-day Fusion class.<br />
MSRP - $150<br />
Page 240<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX DD<br />
Course Business Models and MSRPs (cont’d)<br />
CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />
SCENARIO ONE:<br />
Student purchases Certified Pool/Spa Inspector online course from the NSPF website. Student<br />
pays $50 and receives a Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced,<br />
self-study training program online.<br />
Upon completion of the online course, the student may submit a certification request form<br />
(downloaded from the online course) and the $30 certification fee to NSPF to receive CPI<br />
certification. (NOTE: Student must have a valid CPO ® certification in order to receive CPI<br />
certification)<br />
SCENARIO TWO:<br />
Student enrolls and takes the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector classroom course from an NSPF<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for $100<br />
per bundle. <strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The <strong>Instructor</strong><br />
teaches the one-day class, which can include a hands-on inspection at an aquatic facility. Upon<br />
completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to NSPF together with<br />
the $30 per student certifi cation fee.<br />
MSRP - $150 (USD)<br />
The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $40 ($10 for the handbook, plus $30 for the certifi cation)<br />
SCENARIO THREE:<br />
Students purchase online Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector course directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector online course access codes for $25,<br />
which includes a Handbook. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and handbook for $50.<br />
Upon completion of the online course, the student may submit a certification request form and the<br />
$30 certification fee to NSPF to receive CPI certification. (NOTE: Student must have a valid CPO ®<br />
certification in order to receive CPI certification)<br />
MSRP - $50 (USD)<br />
AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />
SCENARIO ONE:<br />
Student purchases the Aquatic Play Feature online course from the NSPF website. Student pays<br />
$50 and receives an Aquatic Play Feature Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study<br />
training program online.<br />
SCENARIO TWO:<br />
Student enrolls and takes the Aquatic Play Feature classroom course from an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 241
APPENDIX DD<br />
Course Business Models and MSRPs (cont’d)<br />
The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for $100 per bundle.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The <strong>Instructor</strong> teaches<br />
the 4-hour class, which can include a hands-on inspection at an aquatic play feature facility. Upon<br />
completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to NSPF together with<br />
the $10 per student record of completion fee.<br />
MSRP - $75 (USD)<br />
The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $20 ($10 for the handbook, plus $10 for the record of completion)<br />
SCENARIO THREE:<br />
Students purchase online Aquatic Play Feature course directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>. <strong>Instructor</strong>s prepurchase<br />
the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector online course access codes for $25, which includes a<br />
Handbook. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and handbook for $50.<br />
MSRP - $50 (USD)<br />
AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />
(Courses include Aquatic Risk Management, Emergency Response Planning,<br />
and Aquatic Facility Audits)<br />
SCENARIO ONE:<br />
Student purchases any of the management series online courses from the NSPF website. Student<br />
pays $50 per course and receives a NSPF accompanying Handbook. Student engages in a selfpaced,<br />
self-study training program online.<br />
SCENARIO TWO:<br />
Student enrolls and takes any of the Aquatic Management Series classroom courses from an<br />
NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for<br />
$100 per bundle. <strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong> teaches the four-hour class (per course), which can include a hands-on inspection at an<br />
aquatic facility. Upon completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to<br />
NSPF together with the $10 per student record of completion fee.<br />
MSRP - $75 (USD)<br />
The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $20 ($10 for the handbook, plus $10 for the record of completion)<br />
SCENARIO THREE:<br />
Students purchase online Aquatic Management Series courses directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />
<strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase online course access codes for $25 for each of the management<br />
courses, which includes a Handbook for each. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and<br />
handbook for $50 per course.<br />
MSRP - $50 (USD) per course<br />
Page 242<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX EE<br />
2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 243
APPENDIX EE<br />
2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />
Page 244<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®
APPENDIX EE<br />
2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 245
APPENDIX EE<br />
2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />
Page 246<br />
© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®